You are on page 1of 357

0 - 01

AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL


P: 1 050 TQ
AFM L.T.R. EASA
APPROVED
MAR 12

LIST OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

No EDITION INSERTION NAME OR


DESTROYED
TR DATE DATE REMARKS

01 JUN 09 RN 14 DEC 09 TR 39 ENV


AT REV 16
02 APR 11 TR 41 EASA
DATED MAR 12
AT REV 16
03 07JUN12 MOD 4273 -- MSN0610
DATED MAR 12
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0 02
PAGE : 1 001
AFM R.T.R. DGAC
APPROVED
MAR 97

DATE REASON FOR TEMPORARY REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

SEP 95 Introduction of TCAS 2.05 5.02 5.04


Mod 3625 7.01.04

OCT 95 Improvement of graphs computation 6.06

NOV 95 Introduction of Mod 4450 (Landing flaps 25o) 3.04 3.05 4.05
5.04 6.01 6.05
6.06 7.01.01
7.01.03 7.03.01

FEB 96 Introduction of dispatch procedures 7.02


Procedures changes 3.06 4.03 4.04
5.04
Minor changes 1.02 2.03 3.00
3.06 7.01.06
7.03.01

MAR 96 Modification of ATR400 design weights 2.02


Engine limitation change 2.04
Introduction of dispatch procedures (42400) 7.02
Typing error 2.03 7.01.01
R APR 96 Introduction of Mod 4564 (42500) (Take off 3.03 3.04 5.03
flaps 25o) 6.01 6.03 6.06
7.02 7.03
Introduction of Mod 4462 (42500) (VFE 2.03
increased)

Introduction of Mod 4403 + 4404 7.01.05


(Steep slope approach)

Container transportation (pages to be deleted) 2.00 2.05

Introduction of Mod 4601 (Modification of 3.04


PWR MGT selector)

Introduction of Mod 4618 (42400) 7.01.01

ATR42 Model : 400500


AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0 02 Date de rvision
antrieure
PAGE : 2 001
OCT 98
AFM R.T.R. DGAC
APPROVED MAY 99

DATE REASON FOR TEMPORARY REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

OCT 96 Introduction of Mod 4372 (Aileron spring tab) 3.04 6.01 6.03
and Mod 4540 (flaps vane deletion) 6.04 6.05 6.06
7.01.03 7.03.01

Enforcement of Consigne de navigabilit 2.01 2.05 2.06


no 96208067 (B) 3.04 4.00 4.05

NOV 96 Introduction of Mod 4711 (ETOPS operations) 7.01.08

JAN 97 Introduction of Mod 4718 7.00.00 7.01.09


(operations on narrow runways)

JUN 97 Introduction of Mod 4654 205


(installation of GNSS HT 1000)

OCT 97 Modification of the procedure for 7.01.05


Mod 4403 + 4404 : Steep Slope Approach
(introduction of a STEEP APP push button)

ETOPS maximum diversion time is 90 minutes 7.01.08

JAN 98 Improvement of Missed Approach procedure 3.05

Tail wind limit 2.03

Wind limits in CAT II (Mod 4583) 7.01.03

Introduction of Mod 4885 and introduction of 2.05


BRNAV capacity for GNSS HT 1000

APR 98 Introduction of Mod 4890 : 2.05


GPS KLN90B/BRNAV

OCT 98 Introduction of Mod 3832 (TCAS) for 2.05 5.02 5.04


ATR42400 7.01.04 7.02.11

Introduction of Mod 4971 : operations on 7.01.10


runways with slope beyond 2%

Introduction of Mod 5022 : new version of GPS 2.05


KLN90B/BRNAV

Transport container and ETOPS capability 7.01.08


AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0 02
PAGE : 3 001
AFM R.T.R. EASA
APPROVED MAY 05

DATE REASON FOR TEMPORARY REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

DEC 98 Introduction of Mod 5038 (ATR42500) 7.01.07


Dry unpaved runways
FEB 99 Severe icing : improvement of detection and 2.06 3.04 4.05
procedures
APR 99 Modification of Unpaved Runways appendix 7.00.00
7.01.07
FEB 00 Introduction of Mod :
5175 : Increase MZFW by 300 Kg. 2.02
MAY 00 Introduction of Mod 5021 : 2.05
Install KLN90B on GNSS/GPS bus wiring
provision
SEP 00 Introduction of Mod 4972 : 7.01.05
Steep Slope Manual Approach with
performance credit
OCT 00 Introduction of Mod 5243 : 2.05
Dual HT1000 GNSS

Landing Procedure Modification 3.05

Use of Fluids Type II or IV 7.01.12

Dispatch with AFU Inoperative 7.02.06 7.02.08


7.02.10
DEC 00 Introduction of Mod 5262; capability for : 7.01.05
Flaps 35 Steep Slope Approach
Flaps 25 Normal Approach.
MAY 01 ETOPS : Extension to 120 min. 7.01.08
SEP 01 Take Off after use of type II or IV fluids 7.01.12
AUG 02 Use of rudder in case of large sideslip angles 2.03
FEB 03 Introduction of modifications 5377+5434 : 7.01.13
Cockpit Door Locking System
MAY 03 Introduction of modifications 5451+5452 : 7.01.14
Corporate Lounge
AUG 03 Introduction of modification 8339 : 7.01.14
Corporate Lounge (delete 19 pax limitation)
OCT 03 Severe Icing Procedure Improvement 4.05
JUN 04 Introduction of mod 5467 : EGPWS 3.07
SEP 04 FUEL LEAK procedure amendment 5.04
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0 -- 02
PAGE : 4 001
AFM R.T.R. EASA
APPROVED MAR 12

DATE REASON FOR TEMPORARY REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

OCT 05 Introduction of Mod 5567 MPC 7.01.15


Introduction of Mod 5570 Enhanced Surveillance 7.01.16
NOV 05 Introduction of Mod 5506 ACARS 7.01.17
AUG 07 IAC Supplement for Operations in CIS countries 7.09
NOV 07 RNAV Mono and Dual GNSS 2.05
with Modification 5768
DEC 07 PW127M 2.04 -- 5.02
7.01.11
FEB 08 Corporate lounge 7.01.14
JUN 08 IAC supplement wording update (deletion of
engine(s) indication on the bottom of each page) 7.09

JUN 09 -- Introduction of Mod 6121 3--06 ; 7.01.06


-- Maximum demonstrated cross wind (45kt)
updated with runway status taken into account . 6.01; 7.01.09

MAR11 Mod: 6135: T2CAS 205 -- 307

APR 11 New emergency procedure:


UNRELIEABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION 405

SEP 11 Mod: 6242: High Altitude Runways operations 7.00.00 &


(up to 11.000ft) 7.01.07

OCT 11 Mod: 6343: Unpaved Runways for CIS countries 7.09


AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-04 page 1-050

ATR L.E.T.P.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of EffectiveTemporary Pages

You must hold in your manual the following pages


Issue P CH SE Page Seq Date Label Modification expression
Validity expression

REV16 0 01 001 050 MAR 12 L.T.R. TQ


ALL
REV16 0 02 001 001 MAR 97 R.T.R.
ALL
REV16 0 02 002 001 MAY 99 R.T.R.
ALL
REV16 0 02 003 001 MAY 05 R.T.R.
ALL
REV16 0 02 004 001 MAR 12 R.T.R.
ALL
REV16 0 04 001 050 MAR 12 L.E.T.P. TQ
ALL

End TQ
0 -- 05
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 4 001
AFM L.N.R. EASA
APPROVED
MAR 12

LIST OF NORMAL REVISIONS

N0 INSERTED
EASA APPROVED
REV DATE

10 MAY 05 EASA APPROVAL 01013

11 OCT 06 EASA APPROVAL 01300

12 OCT 07 P--EASA.A.A.01623

13 OCT 08 P--EASA.A.A.01933

14 DEC 09 10003247

15 DEC 10 10033176 (normal revision)


10033172 (ICAO chapter 4 noise)
10033173 (mod 6477 cold soak)

16 MAR 12 10040059

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


0 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 1 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

DEC 95 Introduction of 42400 model ALL

Introduction of Mod 4273 (container 3.06 4.03


transportation) 7.01.06

Pages to be deleted 4.03 6.01

Whitening of temporary revisions 2.05 3.04 3.05


no 01, 02 and 03 4.05 5.02 5.04
6.01 6.05 6.06
7.01.01 7.01.03
7.01.04 7.03.01

R MAR 97 Whitening of temporary revisions no 04, 05, 06, 1.02 2.00 2.01
07, 08 and 09 2.02 2.03 2.04
2.05 2.06 3.00
3.03 3.04 3.06
4.00 4.03 4.04
4.05 5.03 5.04
6.01 6.03 6.04
6.05 6.06
7.00.00 7.01.01
7.01.03 7.01.05
7.01.06 7.01.08
7.01.09 7.02.01
7.02.02 7.02.03
7.02.04 7.02.05
7.02.06 7.02.07
7.02.08 7.02.10
7.02.11 7.02.12
7.03.01

Change in limitation chapter 2.04

Procedure improvement 3.01 3.02 4.04


5.04 7.02.03
7.02.11

Graph improvement or correction 6.03 6.06


7.01.03 7.02.01
7.02.03 7.02.05
7.02.06 7.02.07
7.02.10 7.02.11
7.03.01

ATR42 Model : 400 500


0 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 2 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 99

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

Wording and lay out improvement, typing errors 1.02 3.07 5.04
6.00 6.01 6.03
6.04 6.05 6.06
7.01.02 7.01.03
7.01.04 7.01.08
7.02.03 7.03.01

Pages to be deleted 4.04 5.04


7.02.03

Change in the TCAS Modification Number: 3832 2.05 5.02 5.04


instead of 3625 7.01.04 7.02.11

MAY 98 Introduction of Modification 4439 : installation of 2.02


a vertical fin with a carbon epoxy box

Introduction of Modification 4597 : antimod of 2.05


modification 3952 (GPS KLN90A)

Introduction of Modification 1742 : antimod of 3.04 5.04


modification 1553

GPS/GNSS/BRNAV nomenclature 1.02

Final takeoff K.VSR in icing conditions 3.04

Updated FWD and AFT SMOKE procedures 4.03

Updated PEC FAULT procedure 5.04

Wording, layout, minor corrections 6.01 6.03


7.02.03 7.03.01

V1 limited by VMCG with BLEED OFF 6.03 7.01.09


7.03.01

Reverser effect on wet/contaminated runway 6.03 7.03.01

Wording for normal/icing conditions 6.06 7.01.03

Dispatch with one torque indicator inoperative 7.02.09

ATR42 Model : 400 500


0 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 3 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 99

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

MAY 99 Temporary revisions to be turned to white ( TR14 2.05 2.06 3.04


to TR17) 4.05 5.02 5.04
7.01.04 7.01.07
7.01.08 7.01.10

Introduction of Modification 5150 : 2.02


(forward CG limit)

Introduction of Modification 5020 : 2.05


(New numbering for HT 1000)

Introduction of Modification 5067 or 5171: 2.05


(Photoluminescent floor path marking)

Introduction of Modification 8232 : 7.01.11


(Power plant)

Introduction of Modification 4273 : 7.01.06


(Container transport ATR 400)

Procedure improvement 2.05 4.04


7.01.04 7.01.07

Graph improvement 6.03 7.03.01

introduction of a new appendix 7.01.11

Engine operating limits 2.04

Wording and layout improvement , typing errors 1.03 2.00 2.05


2.06 5.04 6.03
7.00.00 7.02.03
7.02.09 7.03.01

ATR42 Model : 400 500


0 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 4 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 01

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

MAY 00 Temporary revisions to be turned to white 2.02 2.05


(TR18 and 19)
Introduction of Mod 5176 2.05
GNSS load software final baseline
Pages to be deleted 5.02 5.04
7.02.11
Introduction of New Appendix 7.00.00 7.01.12

Procedure improvement 2.04


3.04 3.05
4.03 4.05
7.01.07 7.02.00

Graph improvement 1.03 6.03

Management of the manual about TCAS 2.05 7.01.04

Wording and layout improvement , typing errors 1.01 2.05


7.00.00 7.01.03
7.01.04 7.03.01

MAY 01 Temporary revisions to be turned white 2.05 3.05


(TR 20 to 23) 7.01.05 7.01.12
7.02.06 7.02.08
7.02.10

Introduction of modifications :
8259 : Install Collins ATC on King 2.05 7.01.04
Avionics
5205 : ATC/TCAS Acquire altitude via BUS 7.01.04
ARINC 429

ETOPS 7.01.08

ATR42 Model : 400 500


0 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 5 001
AFM R.N.R. DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 03

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

MAY 02 Temporary revision to be turned to white TR24 7.01.12

Introduction of modifications :
5310 : Enhanced GPWS provision with GPWS 7.01.05
MK VIII
5313 : Enhanced GPWS activation with GPWS 2.00 2.05
MK VIII 3.00 3.07 4.05
5357 : Steep slope approach with GPWS 7.01.05
MK VIII

Typing error 4.02


MAY 03 Temporary revisions to be turned to white
TR25 Use of rudder in case of large sideslip angles 2.03
TR26 Introduction of modifications 5377+5434 : 7.01.13
Cockpit Door Locking System

Introduction of modifications :
4580 : Landing Flaps 25 (equivalent with 4450) 3.04 3.05 5.04
6.01 6.05 6.06
7.01 7.03
5403 : GNSS HT1000 PRNAV 2.05
5451 : Government Polynesian Cabin Conf 7.01.14

Trims checks updating 3.01 3.02

ELEC SMK procedure : adding of 4.03


DC SVCE & UTLY BUS ... OFF item

Steep Slope Approach prohibited for : 4.05 5.04


Severe Icing, Reduced Flaps Landing,
Pitch Disconnect,
Layout of part 1.02 and impact of EGPWS 1.02

Flaps failure during CAT II approach : wording 7.01.03

Limitations regarding TCAS Resolution Advisory 7.01.04

Harmonization with FAA for supplements :


Dispatch with one wheel brake 7.02.04
deactivated or removed
Dispatch with anti skid system inoperative 7.02.05

LBA supplement creation 7.04

Various 7.00.00

ATR42 Model : 400 500


0 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 6 001
AFM R.N.R. EASA
APPROVED MAY 05

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

MAY 04 Yellow pages to be turned white


TR28 : Introduction of modification 8339 : 7.01.14
Corporate Lounge (delete 19 pax limitation)
TR29 : Severe Icing Procedure Improvement 4.05

Securized Cockpit Door Jammed Procedure 7.01.13


improvement

Use of JP4 is prohibited (SFAR88) 2.04

Towing with TOWBARLESS system is prohibited 2.05

Severe Icing Limitations Updating 2.06

Introduction of FUEL LEAK procedure 5.04

Examples for Obstacles Calculations 6.03 6.06

Abbreviations updating 1.02

Typing error : note which does not apply to MCT 2.04

MAY 05 Yellow pages to be turned white


TR30 : Introduction of modification 5467 : 2.05 3.00
Enhanced GPWS 3.07 4.05
TR31 : FUEL LEAK procedure improvement 5.04

EASA/DGAC Approval 1.01

Limitations of minimum fuel temperature : 2.04


to ensure adequate relight

Steep Slope Approach : 4.5_ (not >) 5.04

Introduction of modification 5465 7.01.13


New Securized Cockpit Door Fittings

Correction of supplement graphs 7.02

ATR42 Model : 400 500


0 -- 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 7 001
AFM R.N.R. EASA
APPROVED OCT 07

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

OCT 06 Yellow pages to be turned white


TR32 : Introduction of Mod 5567 MPC 7.01.15
Introduction of Mod 5570 Enhanced Surveillance 7.01.16
TR33 : Introduction of Mod 5506 ACARS 7.01.17

Use of JET B is prohibited (SFAR88) 2.04

Cockpit Checks Preparation Trims Title 3.00

EMER DESCENT procedure amendment 4.05

FUEL LO LVL procedure harmonization 5.04

New Appendices Titles 7.00.00

TCAS new wording for Traffic Advisory case 7.01.04

Graphs Correction Dispatch Cases 7.02.01


for LDG GEAR DOWN effects 7.02.11

OCT 07 Yellow pages to be turned white


TR34 : IAC.AR Supplement 2.04 -- 7.00 -- 7.09

Emergency Procedures amendment 4

Titles Updating 7.00.00

Reserved Appendix 7.01.07

High Latitudes Operations appendix 7.01.18

Numbering harminzation for Dry Unpaved 7.01--19


Runways Appendix

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


0 -- 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 8 001
AFM R.N.R. EASA
APPROVED OCT 08

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

OCT 08 Yellow pages to be turned white


TR35 : RNAV Mono and Dual GNSS 2.05
with Modification 5768
TR36 : PW127M 2.04 -- 5.02
7.01.11
TR37 : Corporate lounge 7.01.14
TR38 : IAC supplement wording update
(deletion of engine(s) indication on the bottom 7.09
of each page)

CG Limitation Harmonization 2.02

Wording : TAWS 2.00 -- 2.05


3.00 -- 3.07

New note for MCT TQ limitation 2.04

Tyre Speed Limitation 2.05 page 1

Part 5 Procedures Following Failures Improvement 5

Introduction of mod 4650 (low level detection) for 5.04


FUEL LOW LEVEL procedure

PW127M
(deletion of engine(s) indication on the bottom ALL
of each page for 42--500)

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


0 -- 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 9 001
AFM R.N.R. EASA
APPROVED DEC 10

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

DEC 09 --Blanking of the following TR:


TR39: Mod 6121 3.06 -- 7.01.06
and 45kt crosswind 6.01 -- 7.01.09
--Reminder to apply SMOKE procedure first added 4.03
in all relevant smoke procedures and correction
in the bottom of page 4
--AIR COND SMOKE: warning changed to caution 4.03
--DITCHING and FORCED LANDING: TAWS 4.05
replaces EGPWS wording.
--EMERGENCY EVACUATION ON GROUND : 4.05
dump function to be used after aircraft stops.
--New:RECOVERY AFTER STALL OR ABNORMAL 4.05
ROLL CONTROL
--Introduction improved 5.01
--ENG FLAME OUT: memory item extended 5.02
--icing conditions case added and power 5.03
management selection correction
--wording corrections (IAS and disagreement) 5.04 (page2)
--notes improved: normal brake preferable 5.04
than spoilers, and emer/pkg brake accumulator
--Title change to DUTCH ROLL TENDENCY / R..... 5.04
--Wording correction (AP disconnection) 5.04
--PEC FAULT: layout correction 5.04
--EFIS COMP: memory item proposed with procedure 5.04
improvement
--Title change to CARGO / CARGO+PAX CONFIGURATION 7.00.00 & 7.01.06
--Table presentation simplified for crosswind limitations 6.01 -- 7.01.09

DEC 10 New modification:


Mod 6477: cold soak 2.03
Noise ICAO annex 16 chapter 4 certification 2.01 & 7.01.01
Emergency Procedures (Part 4):
-- New procedure ON GROUND ENG FIRE OR 4.02
SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE and note removed
on ENG FIRE OR...DAMAGE
-- RECOVERY AFTER.../...ROLL CONTROL: 4.05
procedure improved.
Procedures following failures:
-- ENG NAC OVHT: affected side instead of 2 5.02
-- ANTI SKID FAULT: anti skid to be selected OFF 5.04
Performances:
-- Cross Wind informations layout 6.01
Appendices & Supplements:
-- Configuration Deviation List reviewed 7.01.02
-- CAT 2 operations appendix improved 7.01.03
-- ETOPS appendix content updated (refer to CMP..) 7.01.08
-- TQ needle indication is inoperative: procedure 7.02.09
corrected ; ATPCS to be selected to OFF.
ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500
0 -- 06
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
PAGE : 10 001
AFM R.N.R. EASA
APPROVED MAR 12

DATE REASON FOR NORMAL REVISION CHAP INVOLVED

MAR 12 --Blanking of the following TR:


TR 40 : T2CAS mod 6135 2.05 and 3.07
TR 41 : Unreliable airspeed indication 4.05
TR 42 : high altitude runways (mod 6242) 7.01.07
TR 43 : Russian unpaved runways (mod 6343) 7.09

600 version introduction:


-- Mod 5948 All
and associated optional new Mod:
-- Mod 6635 (airport nav function for 600) 2.05
-- Mod 5959 (ACARS for 600) 7.01.17
-- Mod 5965 (2nd GPS for 600) 5.04

Procedure review: 600 and 500: part 4 -- part 5


(except unreliable airspeed indication emergency and 7.01.15
procedure)
500 version:
Emergency procedure contents update:
-- IN FLIGHT ENG FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE 4.02
-- ON GROUND ENG FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE .
-- ENG FIRE AT TAKE OFF .
-- Smoke procedures 4.03
-- Emergency descent 4.05
-- Ditching and forced landing .
-- Severe Icing .
-- Recovery after stall or abnormal roll control

Other subjects:
corrections on various content 5.04 (p5_001)
6.03
7.01.02
7.01.10

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 1-050

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

You must hold in your manual the following normal pages


M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label
Validity expression

NORMAL REVISION N 16

0 00 001 209 JAN 11 COVER PAGE


ALL
R 0 01 001 050 MAR 12 L.T.R. TQ
ALL
0 02 001 001 MAR 97 R.T.R.
ALL
0 02 002 001 MAY 99 R.T.R.
ALL
0 02 003 001 MAY 05 R.T.R.
ALL
R 0 02 004 001 MAR 12 R.T.R.
ALL
R 0 04 001 050 MAR 12 L.E.T.P. TQ
ALL
0 05 001 001 MAY 98 L.N.R.
ALL
0 05 002 001 MAY 02 L.N.R.
ALL
0 05 003 001 MAY 04 L.N.R.
ALL
R 0 05 004 001 MAR 12 L.N.R.
ALL
0 06 001 001 MAR 97 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 002 001 MAY 99 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 003 001 MAY 99 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 004 001 MAY 01 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 005 001 MAY 03 R.N.R.
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 2-050

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

0 06 006 001 MAY 05 R.N.R.


ALL
0 06 007 001 OCT 07 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 008 001 OCT 08 R.N.R.
ALL
0 06 009 001 DEC 10 R.N.R.
ALL
N 0 06 010 001 MAR 12 R.N.R.
ALL
R 0 08 001 050 MAR 12 L.E.N.P. TQ
ALL
R 0 09 001 050 MAR 12 L.O.M. TQ
ALL
R 0 10 001 050 MAR 12 C.R.T. TQ
ALL
1 00 001 001 DEC 95
ALL
1 01 001 001 MAY 05
ALL
1 02 001 001 MAY 98
ALL
R 1 02 002 001 MAR 12
ALL
R 1 02 003 001 MAR 12
ALL
R 1 02 004 001 MAR 12
ALL
R 1 02 005 001 MAR 12
ALL
R 1 02 006 001 MAR 12
ALL
R 1 02 007 001 MAR 12
ALL
R 1 02 008 001 MAR 12
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 3-050

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

R 1 02 009 001 MAR 12


ALL
N 1 02 010 001 MAR 12
ALL
N 1 02 011 001 MAR 12
ALL
N 1 02 012 001 MAR 12
ALL
N 1 02 013 001 MAR 12
ALL
1 03 001 001 MAY 00
ALL
2 00 001 001 OCT 08
ALL
2 01 001 210 DEC 10 ATR42-500 MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
R 2 02 001 001 MAR 12 PW127E - PW127M
TQ0501-0505 TQ0507
R 2 02 001 050 MAR 12 ATR42-500 MOD 5175
TQ0506 TQ0508-0509
2 02 002 110 OCT 08 ATR42-500
TQ0501-0505 TQ0507
2 02 002 130 OCT 08 ATR42-500 MOD 5175
TQ0506 TQ0508-0509
2 03 001 050 MAY 03 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4462
ALL
2 03 002 001 MAY 98
ALL
2 04 001 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M / PW127M
ALL
2 04 002 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
2 04 003 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
2 04 004 001 OCT 07
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 4-050

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

2 05 001 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M


ALL
2 05 002 001 OCT 08
ALL
N 2 05 003 250 MAY 99 MOD (4654 +4885) or 5020
TQ0508-0509
2 05 003 350 MAY 00 ATR42-500 MOD (4890 +5022) or 5021
TQ0501
2 05 003 360 MAY 00 MOD 5176
TQ0502 TQ0506-0507
2 05 003 500 MAY 03 MOD 5403
TQ0503-0505
2 05 004 001 MAY 99
TQ0505 TQ0507-0508
2 05 004 100 MAY 99 MOD 5067 or 5171
TQ0501-0504 TQ0506 TQ0509
2 05 005 020 OCT 08 MOD 5313 or 5467
ALL
2 06 001 001 MAY 99
ALL
2 06 002 001 MAY 04
ALL
3 00 001 001 OCT 08
ALL
3 01 001 001 MAY 03
ALL
3 02 001 001 MAY 03 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
3 03 001 001 MAR 97
ALL
3 04 001 001 MAY 00 ATR42-500
TQ0501
3 04 001 160 MAY 00 ATR42-500 MOD 4601
TQ0502-0509
3 04 002 170 MAY 98 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 5-050

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

3 04 003 001 DEC 95


ALL
3 05 001 001 MAY 01 Model 400-500
ALL
3 06 001 001 MAR 97
TQ0501-0503 TQ0505-0509
N 3 06 001 100 MAY 99 MOD 4273
TQ0504
3 07 001 020 OCT 08 MOD 5313
TQ0501
3 07 001 040 OCT 08 MOD 5467
TQ0502-0509
3 07 002 020 OCT 08 MOD 5313
TQ0501
3 07 002 040 OCT 08 MOD 5467
TQ0502-0509
R 4 00 001 001 MAR 12
ALL
4 01 001 001 DEC 95
ALL
R 4 02 001 001 MAR 12
ALL
R 4 02 002 001 MAR 12
ALL
N 4 02 003 001 MAR 12
ALL
R 4 03 001 001 MAR 12
ALL
R 4 03 002 001 MAR 12
ALL
R 4 03 003 001 MAR 12
ALL
R 4 03 004 001 MAR 12
ALL
4 03 005 001 DEC 95
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 6-050

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

4 04 001 001 OCT 07


ALL
R 4 05 001 001 MAR 12
ALL
R 4 05 002 001 MAR 12
ALL
R 4 05 003 001 MAR 12
ALL
R 4 05 004 001 MAR 12
ALL
R 4 05 005 001 MAR 12
ALL
4 05 006 001 MAY 04
ALL
R 4 05 007 001 MAR 12 500
ALL
N 4 05 008 001 MAR 12 500
ALL
5 00 001 001 OCT 08
ALL
5 01 001 001 DEC 09
ALL
5 02 001 001 DEC 09
ALL
5 02 002 001 OCT 08
ALL
5 02 003 001 OCT 08
ALL
5 02 004 001 DEC 10
ALL
5 03 001 100 DEC 09 MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
5 03 002 001 OCT 08
ALL
R 5 04 001 001 MAR 12
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 7-050

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

5 04 001A 001 OCT 08


TQ0501
5 04 001A 100 OCT 08 MOD 4650
TQ0502-0509
5 04 002 001 DEC 09 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
5 04 003 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
5 04 003A 001 OCT 08
ALL
5 04 004 001 DEC 09
ALL
R 5 04 005 001 MAR 12
ALL
5 04 005A 001 OCT 08
ALL
5 04 006 001 OCT 08
ALL
5 04 007 001 DEC 09
ALL
5 04 008 001 DEC 10
ALL
5 04 009 001 OCT 08
ALL
5 04 009A 001 OCT 08
ALL
5 04 010 001 OCT 08
ALL
5 04 011 001 OCT 08
ALL
5 04 012 001 OCT 08
ALL
5 04 013 001 OCT 08
ALL
5 04 014 001 OCT 08
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 8-050

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

5 04 015 001 OCT 08


ALL
5 04 016 001 DEC 09
ALL
5 04 017 001 OCT 08
ALL
5 04 018 001 DEC 09
ALL
6 00 001 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 01 001 001 DEC 95
ALL
6 01 002 170 MAR 97 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 01 003 001 DEC 10
ALL
6 01 004 001 DEC 95
ALL
6 01 005 001 DEC 95
ALL
6 01 006 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 01 007 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 01 008 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 01 009 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 01 010 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 01 011 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 01 012 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 02 001 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 9-050

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

6 02 002 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M


ALL
6 02 003 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
6 03 001 001 MAY 98 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
R 6 03 002 001 MAR 12 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
6 03 003 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
6 03 004 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
6 03 005 001 MAY 98
ALL
6 03 006 001 DEC 95
ALL
6 03 007 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 03 008 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 03 009 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 03 009A 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 03 010 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 03 011 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
6 03 012 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 03 012A 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 03 013 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 03 014 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 10-050

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

6 03 015 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540


ALL
6 03 015A 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 03 016 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
6 03 016A 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
6 03 017 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
6 03 018 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 03 019 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 03 020 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 03 021 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
6 03 022 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
6 03 023 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
6 03 024 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
6 03 025 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
6 03 026 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
6 03 027 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
6 03 028 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
6 03 029 001 MAR 97
ALL
6 03 030 001 MAY 95 PW127E - PW127M
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 11-050

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

6 04 001 001 MAY 95 PW127E - PW127M


ALL
6 04 002 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 05 001 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
6 05 002 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 05 003 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 05 004 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 06 001 001 MAY 04
ALL
6 06 002 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 06 003 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 06 004 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 06 005 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 06 006 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 06 007 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 06 008 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 06 008B 001 MAY 04
ALL
6 06 009 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 06 010 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
6 06 011 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 12-050

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

6 06 012 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540


ALL
6 06 013 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
N 7 00 00 001 001 MAR 12 400 - 500
ALL
7 01 01 001 210 DEC 10 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
7 01 02 001 001 DEC 10
ALL
7 01 02 002 001 DEC 95
ALL
7 01 02 003 001 DEC 10
ALL
7 01 02 004 001 DEC 95
ALL
7 01 02 005 001 DEC 10
ALL
R 7 01 02 006 001 MAR 12 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 01 03 001 110 MAR 97 MOD 1112
TQ0501-0502 TQ0506
7 01 03 001 180 MAY 98 MOD 1112 + 4583
TQ0503-0505 TQ0507-0509
7 01 03 002 110 DEC 95 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 003 100 DEC 10 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 004 110 DEC 95 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 005 100 DEC 10 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 006 100 DEC 10 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 007 110 DEC 95 MOD 1112
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 13-050

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 01 03 008 100 DEC 10 MOD 1112


ALL
N 7 01 03 009 110 MAR 12 MOD 1112 or 5948
ALL
7 01 03 010 100 DEC 10 MOD 1112
ALL
7 01 03 011 110 DEC 95 MOD 1112
ALL
N 7 01 03 012 170 MAR 12 PW127E - PW127M MOD (1112 or 5948)
+ 4372 + 4540
ALL
N 7 01 03 013 170 MAR 12 PW127E - PW127M MOD (1112 or 5948)
+ 4372 + 4540
ALL
7 01 04 001 050 OCT 08
ALL
7 01 04 002 050 OCT 08
ALL
7 01 04 003 050 OCT 08
ALL
7 01 04 004 050 OCT 08
ALL
N 7 01 04 005 100 OCT 08 MOD 5205
ALL
7 01 05 001 001 DEC 95
TQ0501 TQ0503-0507
7 01 05 001 110 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD (((4403 +4404)
or 5262) or (5310 +5357))
TQ0502 TQ0508-0509
7 01 06 001 001 DEC 09
TQ0501-0503 TQ0505-0509
N 7 01 06 001 100 DEC 09 MOD 4273
TQ0504
N 7 01 07 001 001 MAR 12 400 - 500
ALL
7 01 08 001 001 MAR 97
TQ0501-0505 TQ0507-0509

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 14-050

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 01 08 001 110 DEC 10 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4711


TQ0506
7 01 08 002 110 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4711
TQ0506
7 01 08 003 110 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4711
TQ0506
7 01 09 001 001 MAR 97
TQ0503-0505 TQ0508-0509
7 01 09 001 110 DEC 09 MOD 4718
TQ0501-0502 TQ0506-0507
7 01 09 002 110 DEC 09 MOD 4718
TQ0501-0502 TQ0506-0507
7 01 10 001 001 MAY 98
TQ0501 TQ0503-0509
7 01 10 001 110 MAY 99 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4971
TQ0502
7 01 10 002 110 MAY 99 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4971
TQ0502
7 01 10 003 110 MAY 99 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4971
TQ0502
7 01 10 004 110 MAY 99 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4971
TQ0502
7 01 10 005 110 MAY 99 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4971
TQ0502
7 01 10 006 110 MAY 99 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4971
TQ0502
7 01 10 007 110 MAY 99 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4971
TQ0502
R 7 01 10 008 110 MAR 12 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4971
TQ0502
7 01 11 001 001 MAY 99
TQ0501-0505 TQ0507-0509
7 01 11 001 050 OCT 08 PW127M MOD (8232 or 5906)
TQ0506
7 01 12 001 001 MAY 02
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 15-050

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 01 12 001A 001 MAY 02


ALL
7 01 12 001B 001 MAY 02
ALL
7 01 13 001 001 MAY 03
TQ0503-0505 TQ0507-0509
7 01 13 001 100 MAY 03 MOD 5377 + 5434
TQ0501-0502 TQ0506
7 01 13 002 200 MAY 05 MOD 5465
TQ0501-0502 TQ0506
7 01 14 001 001 MAY 03
ALL
7 01 15 001 001 OCT 06
ALL
7 01 15 002 001 OCT 06
ALL
7 01 16 001 001 OCT 06
ALL
7 01 17 001 001 OCT 06
ALL
7 01 18 001 001 OCT 07
ALL
7 01 19 001 001 OCT 07
ALL
7 02 00 001 001 MAY 00
ALL
7 02 01 001 001 MAR 97
ALL
7 02 01 002 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 01 003 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 01 004 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 02 001 001 MAR 97
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 16-050

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 02 03 001 001 MAY 99


ALL
7 02 03 002 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 03 003 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 03 004 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 03 005 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 04 001 001 MAY 03
ALL
7 02 05 001 001 MAY 03
ALL
7 02 05 002 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 06 001 001 MAY 01
ALL
7 02 06 002 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 06 003 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 06 004 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 07 001 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 07 002 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 07 003 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 07 004 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 07 005 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 08 001 001 MAY 01
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 17-050

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 02 09 001 001 DEC 10


ALL
7 02 09 002 001 MAY 99
ALL
7 02 09 003 001 MAY 99
ALL
7 02 09 004 001 MAY 99
ALL
7 02 09 005 001 MAY 99
ALL
7 02 09 006 001 MAY 99 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 09 007 001 MAY 99 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 09 008 001 MAY 99 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 09 009 001 MAY 99 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 09 010 001 MAY 99 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 09 011 001 MAY 99 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 10 001 001 MAY 01
ALL
7 02 10 002 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 10 003 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 10 004 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 11 001 001 MAR 97
ALL
7 02 11 002 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 02 11 003 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 18-050

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 02 12 001 001 MAR 97


ALL
7 03 01 001 001 MAY 99
ALL
7 03 01 001A 001 MAY 99
ALL
7 03 01 002 001 MAY 99 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 03 01 003 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
7 03 01 004 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
7 03 01 005 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
7 03 01 006 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 03 01 007 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
7 03 01 008 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
7 03 01 009 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
7 03 01 010 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
7 03 01 011 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 03 01 012 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
7 03 01 013 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
7 03 01 014 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
7 03 01 015 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
7 03 01 016 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-08 page 19-050

ATR L.E.N.P.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Effective Normal Pages

M P CH SE Page Seq Date Label


Validity expression

7 03 01 017 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540


ALL
7 03 01 018 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
7 03 01 019 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
7 03 01 020 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
7 03 01 021 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 03 01 022 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
7 03 01 022B 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 03 01 022D 001 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M
ALL
7 03 01 023 001 MAY 00
ALL
7 03 01 024 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
7 03 01 025 001 DEC 95
ALL
7 03 01 026 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
7 03 01 027 001 DEC 95
ALL
7 03 01 028 170 OCT 08 PW127E - PW127M MOD 4372 + 4540
ALL
7 03 01 029 001 DEC 95
ALL

End TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-09 page 1-050

ATR L.O.M.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Modifications

MODIF PARTS TITLE


VALIDITY

1112 7 AUTO FLIGHT - RETROFIT CAT 2


CAPABILITY TO A/C DELIVERED CAT 1
CAPABILITY
ALL
3832 2-7 NAVIGATION - REPLACE COLLINS TCAS
COMPUTER
ALL
3952 2 NAVIGATION - INSTALL ONE SYSTEM
GPS KLN 90A BENDIX-KING PA AND EFIS
COUPLED
TQ0501-0502
4273 3-4-7 FIRE PROTECTION - EQUIPMENT
FURNISHINGS - MODIFY A/C FOR
CONTAINER CARRYING
TQ0504
4372 3-6-7 FLIGHT CONTROLS - AILERONS
CONTROLS - INSTALL SPRING TAB WITH
'ANTI-RAFALE' SYSTEM
ALL
4403 7 NAVIGATION - INSTALL SUNDSTRAND
MK7 GPWS
ALL
4404 7 NAVIGATION - MK7 GPWS - ACTIVATE
"STEEP SLOPE APPROACH" FUNCTION
TQ0502 TQ0508-0509
4462 2 GENERAL - INCREASE ATR42-500 VFE 15
FROM 170 TO 180 KT
ALL
4540 3-6-7 WINGS - INB & OUTB FLAPS - DELETE
DEFLECTORS
ALL
4583 7 AUTOFLIGHT - AUTOPILOT - IMPROVE
GLIDE GUIDANCE LAW
TQ0503-0505 TQ0507-0509

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-09 page 2-050

ATR L.O.M.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Modifications

MODIF PARTS TITLE


VALIDITY

4597 2 NAVIGATION - INHIBIT GPS KLN 90A


INSTALLATION
TQ0501-0502
4601 3 PROPELLERS - PROPELLER CONTROL -
DELETE 77% NP
TQ0502-0509
4650 5 GENERAL - FUEL : LOW LEVEL
DETECTION
TQ0502-0509
4654 2 NAVIGATION - INSTALLATION HT1000
GNSS ON FULL PROVISION
TQ0502 TQ0506-0507
4711 7 NAVIGATION - CAPABILITY FOR ETOPS
FLIGHT
TQ0506
4718 7 GENERAL - ATR42-500 NARROW
RUNWAYS OPERATIONS
TQ0501-0502 TQ0506-0507
4885 2 NAVIGATION - GNSS - REPLACE NPU BY
A NEW ONE
TQ0502 TQ0506-0507
4890 2 NAVIGATION - INSTALL KLN 90B+ GPS
TQ0501
4971 3 GENERAL - OPERATION ON RUNWAY
SLOPES BETWEEN 2% & 4,5% (42-500)
TQ0502
5020 2 NAVIGATION - INSTALL HT1000 ON
GNSS/GPS BUS WIRING PROVISION
TQ0503-0505 TQ0508-0509
5022 2 NAVIGATION - KLN90B/BRNAV WITH EFIS
COMPATIBLE WITH BRNAV
TQ0501
5067 2 LIGHTS - PAX COMPARTMENT EXT.
LIGHTING - REPLACE ESCAPE PATH
MARKING SYSTEM

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-09 page 3-050

ATR L.O.M.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Modifications

MODIF PARTS TITLE


VALIDITY

TQ0501-0504 TQ0506
5150 2 STRUCTURE - EXTENSION OF THE FWD
CG LIMITS
TQ0503-0505 TQ0508-0509
5171 2 LIGHTS - PAX COMPARTMENT EXT.
LIGHTING - REPLACE ESCAPE PATH
MARKING SYSTEM
TQ0509
5175 2 GENERAL - INCREASE MZFW BY 300 KG
TQ0506 TQ0508-0509
5176 2 NAVIGATION - GNSS - LOAD SOFTWARE
FINAL BASINE
TQ0502-0507
5205 7 NAVIGATION - ATC/TCAS - ACQUIRE
ALTITUDE VIA BUS ARINC 429
ALL
5310 3 NAVIGATION - EGPWS MKVIII
TQ0501-0502 TQ0504 TQ0506
5313 2-3-4 NAVIGATION - EGPWS MKVIII -
ENHANCED PART ACTIVATION
ALL
5357 7 NAVIGATION - STEEP SLOPE APPROACH
CAPABILITY WITH MK VIII EGPWS
TQ0502 TQ0508-0509
5377 7 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - WIRING FOR
COCKPIT ENTRANCE SECURISED
TQ0501-0502 TQ0506
5403 2 NAVIGATION - CERTIFICATION OF GNSS
P-RNAV
TQ0503-0505
5434 7 EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS - INSTALL
DOOR ON ELECTRICAL PROVISION
TQ0501-0502 TQ0506
5465 7 EQUIPMENTS/FURNISHINGS -
SECURIZED DOOR

Turn TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-09 page 4-050

ATR L.O.M.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 List of Modifications

MODIF PARTS TITLE


VALIDITY

TQ0501-0502 TQ0506
5467 3 NAVIGATION - NEW EGPWS MKVIII
TQ0502-0509
5567 7 NAVIGATION - MPC
ALL
8232 7 ENGINE - INSTALL IN COMPANY PW127F
(WITH SB PW) INSTEAD OF PW127E
TQ0506

End TQ
AFM AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL 0-10 page 1-050

ATR C.R.T.
EASA MAR 12
42-400/500 Cross Reference Table

This table shows, for each delivered aircraft, the cross reference between :
- the fleet serial number (F.S.N.)
- the manufacturing serial number (M.S.N.)
- the registration number
It is the F.S.N. which appears in the L.E.N.P. or L.E.T.P.

F.S.N. M.S.N. REGISTRATION

TQ0501 0503 PP-PTV


TQ0502 0510 PP-PTW
TQ0503 0609 PR-TKC
TQ0504 0610 PR-TKB
TQ0505 0604 PR-TKD
TQ0506 0556 PR-TKE
TQ0507 0579 PR-TKF
TQ0508 0581 PR-TKG
TQ0509 0584 PR-RKH

End TQ
1 00 Date de rvision
GENERAL antrieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM CONTENTS DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

1 . 00 CONTENTS

1 . 01 INTRODUCTION

1 . 02 PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS
DEFINITION OF WORDING
UNIT CONVERSION
GLOSSARY OF STANDARD NOMENCLATURE

1 . 03 3 VIEW DRAWING

R Mod : Eng : ATR 42 model : 400 500


1 01 Date de rvision
GENERAL antrieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM INTRODUCTION EASA
APPROVED MAY 05 DEC 95
MAY 00

The Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) is related to a specific airplane whose


R model is specified on the heading page. It is approved by : EASA.
NOTE : DGAC APPROVED is kept on pages created/revised before EASA
creation. This mention is changed to EASA APPROVED for all new or
revised pages.

ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL

The AFM contents are divided in seven chapters :


1 General
2 Limitations
3 Normal procedures
4 Emergency procedures
5 Procedures following failure
6 Performance
7 Appendices and supplements

Preliminary pages include all approval references and define the updating
R status of the list of effective pages :
for the airlines manual
for the envelope manual (covering all the airlines manuals).
The pages are numbered per chapter and section

Applicability of each page is identified at the bottom of the page by :


model
engine (if necessary)
modification number (if any)
NOTE : Unless otherwise specified at the bottom of the page its content is valid
for all models mentioned on the heading page (0.00 page 1).

ATR 42 model : 400 500


1 02
GENERAL MAY 95
PAGE : 1 001
DEC 95
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS DGAC
APPROVED MAY 98

1 . 02 . 01 DEFINITION OF WORDING

Note : An operating procedure, technique etc... considered


essential to emphasize

CAUTION : An operating procedure, technique etc... which may


result in damage to equipment if not carefully followed

WARNING : An operating procedure, technique etc... which may


result in injury or loss of life if not carefully followed.

1 . 02 . 02 UNIT CONVERSION

Weight 1 kg = 2.2046 lb 1 lb = 0.4536 kg

Length Altitude
R Distance 1 m = 3.2808 ft 1 ft = 0.3048 m
R 1 m = 39.3701 in 1 in = 0.0254 m

Pressure 1 HPa = 0.0145 psi 1 psi = 69 HPa

Temperature 1 C = ( 1 F 32 ) x .555 1 F = 1 C x 1.8 + 32

ATR42 Model : 400 500


1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 2 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED
MAR 12

1 . 02 . 03 -- GLOSSARY OF STANDARD NOMENCLATURE

AAS Anti--icing Advisory System


ABNORM (ABN) Abnormal
AC Alternating Current
ACARS ARINC Communication Addressing and Reporting System
AC BTC AC Bus Tie Contactor
AC BTR AC Bus Tie Relay
ACCU Accumulator
AC EBTC AC Emer Bus Transfer Contactor
ACM Air Cycle Machine
ACP Audio Control Panel
ACW Alternating Current Wild Frequency
ADC Air Data Computer
ADF Automatic Direction Finding
ADI Attitude Director Indicator
ADN Avionic Data Network
ADS Air Data System
AFCS Automatic Flight Control System
AFDX Avionic Full Duplex
A/FEATH Auto Feathering
AFT Rear Part
AFU Auto Feather Unit
AGB Accessory Gear Box
AGL Above Ground Level
AH Ampere--Hours
AHRS Attitude and Heading Reference System
AHRU Attitude and Heading Reference Unit
AIL Aileron
ALT Altitude
ALTM Altimeter
ALTN Alternate
AMP Ampere
ANN Annunciator
AOA Angle of Attack
AP Auto--Pilot
APC Active Phase Control
APP Approach
ARM Armed
ARINC Aeronautical Radio Incorporated
A/S Antiskid
ASAP As Soon As Possible

ATR42 Model : 400--500


1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 3 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED MAR 12

ASD Accelerate Stop Distance


ASI Air Speed Indicator
ASTR AC Standby Bus Transfer Relay
ASYM Asymmetry
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATE Automatic Test Equipment
ATPCS Automatic Take off Power Control System
ATR Air Transport Racking
ATSCALL Air Transport Selective Calling
ATT Attitude
ATTND Attendant
AUTO Automatic
AUX Auxiliary
AVAIL Available
AZ Azimuth

BARO Barometric
BAT Battery
BC Back Course
BITE Built in Test Equipment
BPCU Bus Power Control Unit
BRG Bearing
BRK Brake
B--RNAV Basic Area Navigation
BRT Bright
BSC Battery Start Contactor
BTC Bus Tie Contactor
BTR Bus Tie Relay
BXR Battery Transfer Relay

CAB CabinCAC
CAC Core Avionic Cabinet
CAN Controller Area Network
CAPT Captain
CAT Category
C/B Circuit Breaker
CCAS Centralized Crew Alerting System
CCW Counter clockwise
CD Coefficient of Drag
CDI Course Deviation Indicator
CDS Cockpit Display System
CDU Cabin display Unit

ATR42 Model : 400--500


1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 4 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA MAR 12
APPROVED

CG Center of Gravity
CHAN Channel
CHC Charge Contactor
CHG Charge
C/L Check List
CL Condition Lever
CL Coefficient of Lift
CLA Condition Lever Angle
CLB Climb
CLR Clear
CM Crew Member
CMPTR Computer
COM Communication
COMPT Compartment
CNTR Contactor
CONFIG Configuration
CONT Continuous
CORRECT Correction
CPCS Cabin Pressure Control System
CPL Auto Pilot Coupling
CPM Core Processing Module
CRC Continuous Repetitive Chime
CRS Course
CRZ Cruise
CTL Control
CVR Cockpit Voice Recorder
CW Clockwise
DADC Digital Air Data Computer
DADS Digital Air Data System
DC Direct Current
DCA Data Concentration Application
DEC Declination, Decrease
DELTA P Differential Pressure
DEV Deviation
DFDR Digital Flight Data Recorder
DGR Degraded
DH Decision Height
DIFF Differential
DISCH Discharge
DIM Light Dimmer
DIST Distance
DME Distance Measuring Equipment

ATR42 Model : 400--500


1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 5 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED MAR 12

DN Down
DSPL Display
DU Display Unit
EADI Electronic Attitude Director Indicator
EBCC Emergency Battery Charge Contactor
EBTC Emer Bus Transfer contactor
ECS Environmental Control System
E/E Electrical/Electronic
EEC Engine Electronic control
EFCP EFIS Control Panel
EFIS Electronic Flight Instrument System
EGHR External Ground Handling Relay
EHSI Electronic Horizontal Situation Indicator
EHV Electro Hydraulic Valve
ELEC Electrical
ELV Elevation
EMER Emergency
ENG Engine
EPC External Power Contactor
EQPT Equipment
ESS Essential
ET Elapsed Time
ETOPS Extended Twin Operations
EWD Engine and Warning Display
EXT Exterior, External
EXC External Power/Service Bus Contactor
F Farenheit
FAIL Failed, Failure
FCOC Fuel Cooled Oil Cooler
FCU Fuel Control Unit
FD Flight Director
FDA Flight Display Application
FDAU Flight Data Acquisition Unit
FEATH, FTR Feathered, Feathering
FF Fuel Flow
FGCP Flight Guidance and Control Panel
FGS Flight Guidance System
FI Flight Idle
FLT Flight
FMA Flight Modes Annunciators
FMS Flight Monitoring System
F/O First Officer
FOS Flight Operations Software
FQI Fuel Quantity Indication
FT Foot, Feet
FTO Final Take Off
FU Fuel Used

ATR42 Model : 400--500


1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 6 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED MAR 12

FWD Forward
FWS Flight Warning System
GA Go Around
GAL Galley
GC Generator Contactor
GCR Ground Clutter Reduction
GCU Generator Control Unit
GEN Generator
GI Ground Idle
GMT Greenwitch Mean Time
GND Ground
GPS Global Positioning System
GPU Ground Power Unit
GRD Ground
G/S Glide Slope
GSPD Ground Speed
GXS ACW Generator/Service Bus Contactor
HBV Handling Bleed Valve
HD Head Down
HDG Heading
HDLG (HDL) Handling
HEBTC Hot Emer Battery Transfer Contactor
HF High Frequency
HI High
HLD Hold
HMBTC Hot Main Battery Transfer Contactor
HMU Hydromechanical Unit
HOBV Handling Overboard Valve
HP High Pressure
HSI Horizontal Situation Indicator
HTG Heating
HU Head Up
HYD Hydraulic
IAF Initial Approach Fix
IAS Indicated Air Speed
ICP Index Control Panel
IDT Ident
IESI Integrated Electronic Standby Instrument
IF Intermediate Frequency
IGN Ignition
ILS Instrument Landing System
IMU Initial Measurement Unit
IN Inertial Navigation
INC Increase
IND Indicator

ATR42 Model : 400--500


1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 7 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED MAR 12

IN/HG Inches of Mercury


INHI Inhibit
INOP Inoperative
INS Inertial Navigation System
INST Instrument
INT Interphone
INU Inertial Navigation Unit
INV Inverter
IOM Input Output Module
IRS Inertial Reference System
ISOL Isolation
ISV Isolation Shut--off Valve
ITT Inter Turbine Temperature
KHZ Kilo--Hertz
KT Knot
LAT Lateral
LAV Lavatory
LB Pound
LBA Lowest Blade Angle
LDG Landing
L/G Landing Gear
LH Left Hand
LIM Limitation
LMN Left Main Gear
LNAV Lateral Navigation
LO Low
LOC Localizer
LO--PR Low Pressure
LP Low Pressure
LT Light
LVL Level
MAC Mean Aerodynamic Chord
MAN Manual
MAP Ground Mapping
MAX Maximum
MB Millibar
MBCC Main Battery Charge Contactor
MBTC Main Bus Transfer Contactor
MC Master Caution
MCDU Multifunction Control Display Unit
MCP Multi Function Control Panel
MCT Maximum Continous
MEA Minimum En route Altitude
MECH Mechanic
MFC Multi Function Computer
MFCU Mechanical Fuel Control Unit

ATR42 Model : 400--500


1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 8 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
MAR 12
APPROVED

MFD Multi Function Display


MGT Management
MHZ Megahertz
MIC Microphone
MIN Minimum
MISC Miscellaneous
MKR Marker
MLD Main Landing Gear
MLS Microwave Landing System
MLW Maximum Landing Weight
MM Millimeter
MMO Maximum Operating Mach
MMPU Multi Media Player Unit
MOD Modification
MPC Multi Purpose Computer
MPU Micro Processor Unit
MSG Messages
MSN Manufacturer Serial Number
MTOW Maximum Take off Weight
MW Master Warning
MZFW Maximum Zero Fuel Weight

NAC Nacelle
NAV Navigation
ND Navigation Display
NDB Non Directional Beacon
NDB (GPS) Navigation Data Base
NEG Negative
NG Nose Gear
NH High Pressure Spool Rotation Speed
NIL Nothing, No Object
NL Low Pressure Spool Rotation Speed
NLG Nose Landing Gear
NM Nautical Mile
NORM Normal
NP Propeller Rotation Speed
NPU Navigation Processor Unit
NVM Non Volatile Memory
N/W Nose Wheel
NWS Nose Wheel Steering

ATR42 Model : 400--500


1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 9 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED
MAR 12

OAT Outside Air Temperature


OBS Omni Bearing Selector
OT Other traffic
OUTB Outboard
OVBD Overboard
OVERTEMP Overtemperature
OVHP OverHead Paneal
OVHT Overheat
OVLY Overlay
OVRD Override
OXY Oxygen

PA Passenger Address
PB Push Button
PEBMV Parking/Emergency Braking Metering Valve
PEC Propeller Electronic Control
PF Pilot Flying
PFD Primary Flight Display
PFTS Power Feeder Thermal Sensor
PIU Propeller Interface Unit
PL Power Lever
PLA Power Lever Angle
PNF Pilot Non Flying
PNL Panel
POS Position
P--RNAV Precision Area Navigation
PRESS Pressurization, Pressure
PRIM Primary
PRKG Parking
PROC Procedure
PROP Propeller
PROX SW Proximity Switch
PRV Pressure Regulating Valve
PSI Pound per Square Inch
PSU Passenger Service Unit
PSV Propeller Servo Valve
PT Point

ATR42 Model : 400--500


1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 10 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED
MAR 12

PT (TCAS) Proximity traffic


PTB Power Trim Box
PTT Push To Talk, Push To Test
PTW Pitch Thumb Wheel
PVCU Power and Video Control Unit
PVM Propeller Valve Module
PWM Pulse Width Modulation
PWR Power
QAR Quick Access Recorder
QRC Quick Release Control
QT Quart
QTY Quantity
RA (TCAS) Resolution Advisory
RA Radio Altitude
RAD/ALT Radio Altitude
RAD/INT Radio/Interphone
RAIM Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring
RCAU Remote Control Audio Unit
RCDR Recorder
RCL Recall
RCP Refuel Control Panel
RCT Rain Echo Attenuation Compensation Technique
RCU Releasable Centering Unit
RECIRC Recirculation
REV Reverse
RGA Reserve Go--Around
RGB Reduction Gear Box
RH Right Hand
RLY Relay
RMA Radio Management Application
RMG Right Main Gear
RMI Radio Magnetic Indicator
RMS Radio Management System
RNP Required Navigation Performance
RPM Revolution Per Minute
RQD Required
RTO Reserve Take--Off
RTOW Regulatory Take--Off Weight
RUD Rudder

ATR42 Model : 400--500


1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 11 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED
MAR 12

SAT Static Air Temperature


SB Service Bulletin
SBTC Stand By bus Transfer Contactor
SBY Stand By
SC Single Chime, Starter Contactor
SCU Signal Conditioning Unit
SD System Display
SDTC Static Inverter Override Transfer Contactor
SEC Secondary
SEL Selector
SELCAL Selective Calling
SGL Single
SGU Symbol Generator Unit
SID Standard Instrument Departure
SMK Smoke
SMKG Smoking
S/O (SO) Shut Off
SOV Shut Off Valve
SPD Speed
SPLR Spoiler
SPLY Supply
SSR Service Bus Select Relay
STAB Stabilizer
STAR Standard Arrival
STBY Stand By
STR Service Bus Transfer Relay
STRG Steering
SVCE Service
SW Switch
SYNPHR Synchrophaser
SYS System
TA (TCAS) TRAFFIC Advisory
TAD Terrain Awareness Display
TAS True Air Speed
TAT Total Air Temperature
TAWS Terrain Awareness Waring System
TBD To be Determined
TCAS Traffic Collision and Avoidance System
TCF Terrain Clearance Floor

ATR42 Model : 400--500


1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 12 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED
MAR 12

TCS Touch Control Steering


T/D Time Delay
TEMP Temperature
TGT Target
TIC Turbine Inlet Control
TK Tank
TLU Travel Limiting Unit
TM Torque Motor
T/O (TO) Take off
TOD Take--Off Distance
TOR Take--Off Run
TOW Take off weight
TQ Torque
TRU Transformer Rectifier Unit
TTG Time To Go
TTL Tuned to LOC
UBC Utility Bus Contactor
U/F Underfloor
UHF Ultra High Frequency
UNCPL Uncouple
UNDV Undervoltage
UNLK Unlock
UTLY Utility
VC Calibrated Airspeed
VCCU Video Cabin Command Unit
VCP Virtual Control Panel
VENT Ventilation
VERT Vertical
VHF Very High Frequency
VMCA Minimum Control Speed in flight
VMCG Minimum Contorl Speed on ground
VMCL Minimum Conrol Speed during landing approach
VMHB Velocity minimum High Bank
VMO Maximum Operating Speed
VNAV Vertical Navigation
VOR VHF OMNI Directionnal Range
VSI Vertical Speed Indicator
VU Visual Unit

ATR42 Model : 400--500


1 -- 02
GENERAL
PAGE : 13 001
AFM PARTICULAR EXPLANATIONS EASA
APPROVED
MAR 12

W Watt
WARN Warning
WAT Weight Altitude Temperature
WBM Weight and Balance Manual
WOW Weight On Wheel
WX Wheater Mode

XFEED Cross feed


XFR Transfer
XPDR Transponder

YD Yaw Damper

ZA Aircraft Altitude
ZCTH Theoritical Cabin Altitude
ZFW Zero Fuel Weight
ZP Pressure Altitude
ZRA Radio Altimeter Altitude

ATR42 Model : 400--500


1 03 Date de rvision
GENERAL antrieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM 3 VIEW DRAWING DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED MAY 00
MAY 99

(318.898 in)

(298.662 in)
(155.984 in)

(32.283 in)
8.781 m (345.709 in)
(892.520 in) (161.417 in)
(22.67 m) (892.520 in) (967.462 in)

(287.795 in)

(92.992 in)

WING
REFERENCE AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 . 514 m2 (84496.96 in2)
ROOT CHORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . 574 m (101.339 in)
ASPECT RATIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 . 076
REFERENCE CHORD LA (= MAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . 285 m (89.961 in)
DISTANCE FROM MOMENT ORIGIN TO REFERENCE
CHORD LEADING EDGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 . 425 m (449.803 in)

HORIZONTAL TAIL
REFERENCE AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 . 73 m2 (18181.556 in2)
REFERENCE CHORD LH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . 636 m (64.409 in)
ASPECT RATIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 . 555
DISTANCE FROM 25 % OF LA
TO 25 % OF LH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 . 342 m (446.536 in)

VERTICAL TAIL
REFERENCE AREA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 . 48 m2 (19344.06 in2)
REF CHORD LV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . 851 m (112.244 in)
ASPECT RATIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6
DISTANCE FROM 25 % OF LA
TO 25 % OF LV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 . 172 m (400.473 in)

ATR42 Model : 400 500


2 -- 00
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM CONTENTS EASA
APPROVED
OCT 08

2 . 00 -- CONTENTS
2 . 01 -- GENERAL
INTRODUCTION
KINDS OF OPERATION
MINIMUM FLIGHT CREW
PERFORMANCE CONFIGURATION
MAXIMUM OPERATING ALTITUDE
MANEUVERING LIMIT LOAD FACTORS
CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
NOISE CHARACTERISTICS
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF PASSENGER SEATS

2 . 02 -- WEIGHT AND LOADING


WEIGHTS
CENTER OF GRAVITY ENVELOPE
LOADING

2 . 03 -- AIRSPEED AND OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS


AIRSPEEDS
OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS

2 . 04 -- POWER PLANT
ENGINES
PROPELLERS
OIL SYSTEM
STARTER
FUEL SYSTEM

2 . 05 -- SYSTEMS
AIR - PRESSURIZATION
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
LANDING GEAR
FLAPS
AFCS
INSTRUMENTS MARKING
CARGO DOOR OPERATION
ELECTRICAL
MFC
TCAS
GPS
CABIN LIGHTING
R TAWS

2 . 06 -- ICING CONDITIONS

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


2 -- 01
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 1 210
AFM GENERAL EASA
APPROVED DEC 10

2 . 01 . 01 -- INTRODUCTION
Observance of the limitations contained in this chapter is required by law.
When operating in accordance with an approved appendix or supplement to
this manual, the limitations of this basic Airplane Flight Manual section apply,
except as altered by such an appendix or supplement.
2 . 01 . 02 -- KINDS OF OPERATION
The airplane is certified in the Transport Category, JAR 25 and ICAO annex 16
for day and night operations, in the following conditions when the appropriate
equipment and instruments required by the airworthiness and operating
regulations are approved, installed and in an operable condition :
- VFR and IFR
- Flight in icing conditions
- Reverse thrust taxi (single or twin engine)
2 . 01 . 03 -- MINIMUM FLIGHT CREW
2 pilots
2 . 01 . 04 -- PERFORMANCE CONFIGURATION
Refer to 6.01.03 for airplane configuration associated with certified
performances.
2 . 01 . 05 -- MAXIMUM OPERATING ALTITUDE
25000 ft
2 . 01 . 06 -- MANEUVERING LIMIT LOAD FACTORS
Gear and flaps retracted : + 2.5 to -- 1 g
Gear and/or flaps extended : + 2 to 0 g
2 . 01 . 07 -- CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST
Refer to 7.01.02
2 . 01 . 08 -- NOISE CHARACTERISTICS
The aircraft meets the requirements of ICAO annex 16, Chapter 4 with no
weight restriction.
Refer to noise characteristics in Appendix 7.01.01 of this manual for noise
levels.
2 . 01 . 09 -- MAXIMUM NUMBER OF PASSENGER SEATS
60

Mod: 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


2 -- 02
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM WEIGHT AND LOADING EASA
APPROVED MAR 12

2 . 02 . 01 -- WEIGHTS
STRUCTURAL LIMITATIONS

MAXIMUM WEIGHT KG LB

RAMP 18770 41380

TAKE--OFF 18600 41005

LANDING 18300 40344

ZERO FUEL 16700 36817

PERFORMANCE LIMITATIONS

Maximum take--off weight and maximum landing weight may be reduced by


performance requirements related to the following (see chapter 6) :
- climb performance (first and second segment, final take--off and en
route, approach and landing climb)
- available runway length (take--off and landing)
- tyre limit speed
R - brake energy limit, observe BRK TEMP alert extinguished for take--off
- obstacle clearance (take--off and en route)
- en route and landing weight

ATR42 Model : 500


2 -- 02
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 1 050
AFM WEIGHT AND LOADING EASA
APPROVED
MAR 12

2 . 02 . 01 -- WEIGHTS
STRUCTURAL LIMITATIONS

MAXIMUM WEIGHT KG LB

RAMP 18770 41380

TAKE--OFF 18600 41005

LANDING 18300 40344

ZERO FUEL 17000 37478

PERFORMANCE LIMITATIONS

Maximum take--off weight and maximum landing weight may be reduced by


performance requirements related to the following (see chapter 6) :
- climb performance (first and second segment, final take--off and en
route, approach and landing climb)
- available runway length (take--off and landing)
- tyre limit speed
R - brake energy limit, observe BRK TEMP alert extinguished for take--off
- obstacle clearance (take--off and en route)
- en route and landing weight

Mod : 5175 ATR42 Model : 500


2 -- 02
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 2 110
AFM WEIGHT AND LOADING EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

2 . 02 . 02 -- CENTER OF GRAVITY ENVELOPE


For definition of reference (Mean Aerodynamic Chord (MAC) and moments
origin) : see chapter 1

AND LANDING

11.5

2 . 02 . 03 -- LOADING
The airplane must be loaded in accordance with the loading instructions given
in the WEIGHT AND BALANCE manual.

R ATR42 Model : 500


2 -- 02
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 2 130
AFM WEIGHT AND LOADING EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

2 . 02 . 02 -- CENTER OF GRAVITY ENVELOPE


For definition of reference (Mean Aerodynamic Chord (MAC) and moments
origin) : see chapter 1

37.48

17000
17
AND LANDING

11.5

2 . 02 . 03 -- LOADING
The airplane must be loaded in accordance with the loading instructions given
in the WEIGHT AND BALANCE manual.

R Mod : 5175 ATR42 Model : 500


2 03
LIMITATIONS APR 96
PAGE : 1 050 MAR 97
AFM AIRSPEED AND OPERATIONAL
DGAC AUG 02
PARAMETERS APPROVED
MAY 03

2 . 03 . 01 AIRSPEEDS
Maximum operating speed VMO / MMO
This limit must not be intentionally exceeded in any flight regime

VMO = 250 kt CAS MMO = 0.55

Maximum design maneuvering speed VA


Full application of roll and yaw controls, as well as maneuvers that
involve angles of attack near the stall should be confined to speeds
below VA.

VA = 160 kt CAS

R CAUTION : Rapidly alternating large rudder applications in


combination with large sideslip angles may result in
structural failure at any speed.
Maximum flaps extended or operating speeds VFE
FLAPS 15 180 kt CAS
FLAPS 25 160 kt CAS
FLAPS 35 150 kt CAS

Maximum landing gear extended or operating speeds


VLE = 180 kt CAS
VLO lowering = 170 kt CAS
retracting = 160 kt CAS

Mod : 4462 ATR42 Model : 500


2 03
LIMITATIONS MAY 95
PAGE : 2 001 DEC 95
AIRSPEED AND OPERATIONAL
AFM DGAC
PARAMETERS APPROVED
MAY 98 JAN 98

2 . 03 . 02 OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS
ENVIRONMENTAL ENVELOPE

Note : Refer to 2.04.05 for fuel temperature limitation.


TAKEOFF AND LANDING
R Tail wind limit : 15 kt
Maximum mean runway slope : 2 %

R ATR42 Model : 400 500


2 -- 04
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM POWER PLANT EASA
APPROVED
OCT 08

R 2 . 04 . 01 -- ENGINES -- PRATT AND WHITNEY OF CANADA PW127E OR PW127M

Operating limits with no unscheduled maintenance action required.


Beyond these limits refer to maintenance manual.

OIL
OPERATING TIME TQ ITT NH NL NP OIL TEMP
PRESS
CONDITION LIMIT (%) (oC) (%) (%) (%) (PSI) (oC) (2)

RESERVE
10 mn (6) 100 (1) 800 103.2 104.2 101 55 to 65 0 to 125
TAKE OFF
NORMAL
5 mn 90 (1) (5) 101.9 101.4 101 55 to 65 0 to 125
TAKE OFF

R MAXIMUM
none (7) 100 (1) 800 103.2 104.2 101 55 to 65 0 to 125
CONTINUOUS
GROUND 66 40 mini -- 40 to 125
IDLE mini (4)

HOTEL
715 55 to 65 125
MODE
TRANSIENT 20 s 137.5 840 104.3 106.5 106(3) 40 to 100
5s 120
20 mn 140
STARTING 5s 950 --54 mini

1) Value linked to 100 % NP.


2) Oil temperature must be maintained above 45o C to ensure protection for
the engine air inlet against ice accumulation.
3) Permissible for completion of flight provided TQ does not exceed
85 % during climb and 84 % during cruise.
4) Up to 75 % NH only.
5) ITT limits depend on outside air temperature. Refer to 2.04 page 2.
6) Single engine operation only beyond 5 mn.
7) MCT rating is the max power certified for continuous use. In--flight
R emergencies are the only conditions for which MCT use is authorized.

NOTE : Flight with an engine running and the propeller feathered is not
permitted.

R Eng : PW127E / PW127M ATR 42 model : 500


2 -- 04
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 2 001
AFM POWER PLANT EASA
APPROVED OCT 08

TAKE OFF

ITT LIMITATION AT NORMAL TAKE OFF RATING

R Eng : PW127E / PW127M ATR42 Model : 500


2 -- 04
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 3 001
AFM POWER PLANT EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

2 . 04 . 02 -- PROPELLERS
TWO HAMILTON STANDARD HS 568 F--1

GROUND OPERATION
J Engine run up must be performed into the wind.
J Avoid static operation between 41.6 % and 62.5 % NP
J Avoid operation in feather above 66.6% TQ

GROUND OR FLIGHT OPERATION


J If a propeller is involved in an overspeed or in an engine overtorque,
refer to the propeller maintenance manual.

FLIGHT OPERATION
J ATR airplanes are protected against a positioning of power levers below
the flight idle stop in flight by an IDLE GATE device.
It is reminded that any attempt to override this protection is prohibited.
Such positioning may lead to loss of airplane control or may result in an
engine overspeed condition and consequent loss of engine power.

R Eng : PW127E / PW127M ATR42 Model : 500


2 -- 04
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 4 001
AFM POWER PLANT EASA
APPROVED
OCT 07

2 . 04 . 03 -- OIL SYSTEM
SPECIFICATION
Refer to specification PWA 521 type II

2 . 04 . 04 -- STARTER
3 starts with a 1 minute 30 seconds maximum combined starter running time
followed by 4 minutes OFF.

2 . 04 . 05 -- FUEL SYSTEM
R Acceptable fuels : Jet A, Jet A1, JP5 and RT, TS1.
Use of JP4 and Jet B is prohibited.

TEMPERATURE
For flight preparation, a minimum fuel temperature must be taken into
account to ensure adequate relight :
R --34oC for fuel types JET A and JET A1 and RT, TS1.
--26oC for fuel type JP5
Maximum temperature
R 57oC for fuel types JET A, JET A1, JP 5 and RT, TS1.

REFUELING
Maximum pressure 3.5 bars (50 PSI)

USABLE FUEL
The total quantity of fuel usable in each tank is : 2866 liters (2250 kg/4960 lb
with a 0.785 kg/l factor).

NOTE : Fuel remaining in the tanks when quantity indicators show zero is
not usable in flight.
UNBALANCE
Maximum fuel unbalance : 550 kg (1212 lb)

FEEDING
- Each electrical pump is able to supply one engine in the whole flight
envelope.

- One electrical pump and associated jet pump are able to supply both
engines in the whole flight envelope.

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


2 -- 05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED
OCT 08

2 . 05 . 01 -- AIR PRESSURIZATION
Maximum differential pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.35 PSI
Maximum negative differential pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -- 0.5 PSI
Maximum differential pressure for landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.35 PSI
Maximum differential pressure for OVBD VALVE
full open selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 PSI
Maximum altitude for one bleed off operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20000 ft
2 . 05 . 02 -- HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Specification : Hyjet IV or Skydrol LD 4
2 . 05 . 03 -- LANDING GEAR
Towing with TOWBARLESS system is prohibited.
Do not perform pivoting (sharp turns) upon a landing gear with fully braked
wheels except in case of emergency.
R In case of ground speed over 165 kt all tires to be replaced.
2 . 05 . 04 -- FLAPS
Holding with any flaps extended is prohibited in icing conditions (except for
single engine operations).
2 . 05 . 05 -- AUTOMATIC FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM (AFCS)
-- Minimum height for autopilot engagement after take off : 100 ft
-- NAV mode for VOR approach, using either autopilot or flight director is
authorized only if :
-- a co--located DME is available, and
-- DME HOLD is not selected
-- Minimum height for use of either autopilot or flight director :
-- Except during take off or executing an approach : 1000 ft
-- VS or IAS mode during approach : 160 ft
-- CAT 1 APP mode : 160 ft
-- Refer to 7.01.03 for CAT II operation.
2 . 05 . 06 -- INSTRUMENTS MARKING
Red arc or radial line : minimum and maximum limits
Yellow arc : caution area
Green arc : normal area
2 . 05 . 07 -- CARGO DOOR OPERATION
Do not operate cargo door with a lateral wind component of more than 45 kt.
2 . 05 . 08 -- ELECTRICAL
Single DC GEN operation :
-- In flight, if OAT exceeds ISA + 25, flight level must be limited to FL200
2 . 05 . 09 -- MFC
Take off with two or more failed MFC modules is prohibited

ATR42 Model : 500


2 -- 05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

2 . 05 . 10 -- TCAS

R REFER TO APPENDIX 7.01.04.

ATR42 Model : 400--500


2 05 Date de rvision
LIMITATIONS antrieure
PAGE : 3 250 JAN 98
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC MAY 98
MAY 99
APPROVED
OCT 98

2 . 05 . 11 GPS

1 GENERAL
The Honeywell/Trimble GNSS 1000 :
- complies with TSO C 129 and TSO C 115A,
- is installed in compliance with FAA AC 20138 and DGAC CRI S01,
- has been demonstrated to meet the requirements of JAA TGL n 2, REV1
and FAA AC 20138 for European BRNAV operations and FAA Notice
N811060 for oceanic and remote operations where only one long range
navigation system is required.

2 LIMITATIONS
Compliance with the above regulations does not constitute an
operational approval/authorization to conduct operations. Aircraft
operators must apply to their Authority for such an approval/
authorization.
- The HT 1000 pilots guide must be available on board.
- The system must operate with HT 100005H software version or any
later approved version.
- The system must be used with an updated active data base and the
waypoints position must be crosschecked with official charts.
- This equipment is approved for use as a VFR and IFR supplemental
navigation means, en route and in terminal area up to the Initial Approach
Fix (IAF).
- The system must not be used for approaches, beyond IAF.

3 PROCEDURES
- In the event of DGR alarm illumination the flight crew must crosscheck
the aircraft position using conventional means or must revert to an
alternative means of navigation.
- In addition, where the coupled DME option is not installed or if the
coupled DME is not operative, the following procedures apply for
BRNAV operations :
(a) during the preflight planning phase, the availability of GPS integrity
(RAIM) must be confirmed for the intended flight (route and time).
Dispatch must not be made in the event of predicted continuous loss of
RAIM of more than 5 minutes for any part of the intended flight.
(b) Traditional navigation equipment must be selected to available aids
so as to allow immediate crosschecking or reversion in the event of loss
of GPS navigation capability.

R Mod : (4654 + 4885) or 5020 ATR 42 model : 400 500


2 05 Date de rvision
LIMITATIONS antrieure
PAGE : 3 350 OCT 98
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC MAY 99
MAY 00
APPROVED

2 . 05 . 11 GPS

1 GENERAL
The GPS Bendix/king KLN90B/BRNAV :
- complies with TSO C 129,
- is installed in compliance with FAA AC 20138,
- has been demonstrated to meet the requirements of JAA TGL No2, REV
1 and FAA AC 20138 for European BRNAV operations.

2 LIMITATIONS
Compliance with the above regulations does not constitute an
operational approval/authorization to conduct operations. Aircraft
operators must apply to their Authority for such an approval/
authorization.
- The system must be used with an updated active data base and the
waypoints position must be crosschecked with official charts.
- This equipment is approved for use as a VFR and IFR supplemental
navigation means, en route and in terminal area up to the Initial Approach
Fix (IAF).
- The system must not be used for approaches, beyond IAF.
- The CDI scale factor selectable in the MOD pages must not be set at the
 0.3 NM full scale deflection value.

3 PROCEDURES
- If the RAIM function is lost, the flight crew must crosscheck the aircraft
position using conventional means or must revert to an alternative means
of navigation.
- The following procedures apply for BRNAV operations :
(a) during the preflight planning phase, the availability of GPS integrity
(RAIM) must be confirmed for the intended flight (route and time).
Dispatch must not be made in the event of predicted continuous loss of
RAIM of more than 5 minutes for any part of the intended flight.
(b) Traditional navigation equipment must be selected to available aids
so as to allow immediate crosschecking or reversion in the event of loss
of GPS navigation capability.

R Mod : (4890 + 5022) or 5021 ATR 42 model : 400500


2 05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 3 360
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC
APPROVED MAY 00

2 . 05 . 11 GPS
1 GENERAL
The Honeywell/Trimble GNSS 1000 :
- complies with TSO C 129 and TSO C115B,
- is installed in compliance with FAA AC 20129, AC 20130A, AC 20138 and
DGAC CRI S9902,
- has been demonstrated to meet the requirements of JAA TGL no2,REV1
and FAA AC 20138 and FAA Notice N811060.
2 LIMITATIONS
Compliance with the above regulations does not constitute an operational
approval/authorization to conduct operations. Aircraft operators must apply
to their Authority for such an approval/authorization.
- The HT1000 pilots guide must be available on board.
- The system must operate with HT 1000060 software version or any later
approved version.
- The system must be used with an updated active data base and the
waypoints position must be crosschecked with official charts.
- This equipment is approved for use as :
- primary navigation means for oceanic and remote operations when only
one long range navigation system is required.
- supplemental navigation means, en route, in terminal area and for non
precision approach operations until the missed approach point with
respect of the MDA.
NOTE : Stand alone GPS approach is not approved. Conventional means
must be permanently crosschecked during the approach.
- advisory VNAV means
NOTE : VDEV function must be permanently monitored.
3 PROCEDURES
- In the event of DGR alarm illumination the flight crew must crosscheck the
aircraft position using conventional means or must revert to an alternative
means of navigation.
- In addition, where the coupled DME option is not installed or if the coupled DME is
not operative, the following procedures apply for BRNAV operations :
(a) during the preflight planning phase, the availability of GPS integrity
(RAIM) must be confirmed for the intended flight (route and time). Dispatch
must not be made in the event of predicted continuous loss of RAIM of more
than 5 minutes for any part of the intended flight.
(b) Traditional navigation equipment must be selected to available aids so as
to allow immediate crosschecking or reversion in the event of loss of GPS
navigation capability.

Mod : 5176 ATR 42 Model : 400500


2 -- 05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 3 500
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC
APPROVED MAY 03

2 . 05 . 11 -- GPS
1 -- GENERAL
The Honeywell/Trimble GNSS 1000 :
- complies with TSO C 129 and TSO C115B,
- is installed in compliance with FAA AC 20--129, AC 20--130A, AC 20--138 and
DGAC CRI S--9902,
- has been demonstrated to meet the requirements of JAA TGL no2,REV1
and FAA AC 20--138 and FAA Notice N8110--60.
- has been demonstrated to meet the P--RNAV requirements of JAA TGL
no10.
2 -- LIMITATIONS
Compliance with the above regulations does not constitute an operational
approval/authorization to conduct operations. Aircraft operators must apply
to their Authority for such an approval/authorization.
- The HT1000 pilots guide must be available on board.
- The system must operate with HT 1000--060 software version or any later
approved version.
- The approval of the system is based on the assumption that the navigation
database has been validated for intended use.
- This equipment is approved for use as :
- primary navigation means for oceanic and remote operations when only
one long range navigation system is required.
- supplemental navigation means, en route, in terminal area and for non
precision approach operations until the missed approach point with
respect of the MDA.
NOTE : Stand alone GPS approach is not approved. Conventional means
must be permanently cross--checked during the approach.
- advisory VNAV means
NOTE : VDEV function must be permanently monitored.
3 -- PROCEDURES
- In the event of DGR alarm illumination the flight crew must cross--check the
aircraft position using conventional means or must revert to an alternative
means of navigation.
- In addition, where the coupled DME option is not installed or if the coupled DME is
not operative, the following procedures apply for B--RNAV operations :
(a) during the pre--flight planning phase, the availability of GPS integrity
(RAIM) must be confirmed for the intended flight (route and time). Dispatch
must not be made in the event of predicted continuous loss of RAIM of more
than 5 minutes for any part of the intended flight.
(b) Traditional navigation equipment must be selected to available aids so as
to allow immediate cross--checking or reversion in the event of loss of GPS
navigation capability.

Mod : 5403 ATR 42 Model : 400--500


2 05 Date de rvision
LIMITATIONS antrieure
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC
APPROVED MAY 99

2 . 05 . 12 CABIN LIGHTING

NOT APPLICABLE

ATR42 Model : 400 500


2 05 Date de rvision
LIMITATIONS antrieure
PAGE : 4 100
AFM SYSTEMS DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

2 . 05 . 12 CABIN LIGHTING

The general cabin illumination system must be used during not less than 15
minutes before each flight.

Mod : 5067 or 5171 ATR 42 model : 400 500


2 -- 05
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 5 020
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED OCT 08

R 2 . 05 . 13 -- TAWS
1. Navigation is not to be predicated on the use of the terrain display.

NOTE : The Terrain display is intended to serve as a situational awareness


tool only. It does not have the integrity, accuracy or fidelity on which
to solely base decisions for terrain or obstacle avoidance.
2.To avoid giving nuisance alerts, the predictive TAWS functions must be
inhibited when landing at an airport that is not included in the airport
database.

Mod : 5313 or 5467 ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


2 06
LIMITATIONS MAY 95
PAGE : 1 001 DEC 95
AFM ICING CONDITIONS DGAC MAY 99 OCT 96
APPROVED

MAR 97
2 . 06 . 01 ICING CONDITIONS FEB 99

Atmospheric icing conditions exist when


OAT on the ground and for takeoff is at or below 5oC or when TAT in
flight is at or below 7oC,
and visible moisture in any form is present (such as clouds, fog with
visibility of less than one mile, rain, snow, sleet and ice crystals).
Ground icing conditions exist when
OAT on the ground is at or below 5oC,
and surface snow, standing water or slush is present on the ramps
taxiways and runways.
Takeoff is prohibited when frost, snow or ice is adhering to the wings,
control surfaces or propellers.
Operation in atmospheric icing conditions :
NP setting below 82 % is prohibited.
Refer to 3.04.01 for associated procedures and 6.06.02 for
performance data.
R All icing detection lights must be operative prior to flight at night.
NOTE :This supersedes any relief provided by the Master Minimum
Equipment List (MMEL).
The ice detector must be operative.
Operation in ground icing conditions :
Refer to 3.04.01 for associated procedures and to FCOM part 3 and to
AFM section 7.03 for advisory information on contaminated runways
penalties.

... / ....

ATR42 Model 400 500


OCT 96
2 06 MAR 97
LIMITATIONS
PAGE : 2 001 FEB 99
AFM ICING CONDITIONS MAY 99
DGAC MAY 04
APPROVED

2 . 06 . 01 ICING CONDITIONS (contd)


Severe icing :
WARNING :
R
Severe icing may result from environmental conditions outside of those for
which the airplane is certificated. Flight in freezing rain, freezing drizzle, or
mixed icing conditions (supercooled liquid water and ice crystals) may result
in ice buildup on protected surfaces exceeding the capability of the ice
protection system, or may result in ice forming aft of the protected surfaces.
This ice may not be shed using the ice protection systems, and may
seriously degrade the performance and controllability of the airplane.
During flight, severe icing conditions that exceed those for which the
airplane is certificated shall be determined by the following :
Visual cue identifying severe icing is characterized by ice covering all or a
substantial part of the unheated portion of either side window,
and / or
Unexpected decrease in speed or rate of climb,
and / or
The following secondary indications :
. Water splashing and streaming on the windshield
. Unusually extensive ice accreted on the airframe in areas not normally
observed to collect ice.
. Accumulation of ice on the lower surface of the wing aft of the protected
area.
. Accumulation of ice on the propeller spinner farther aft than normally
observed.
The following weather conditions may be conducive to severe inflight icing :
. Visible rain at temperatures close to 0_C ambient air temperature (SAT)
. Droplets that splash or splatter on impact at temperatures close to 0_C
ambient air temperature (SAT)

If one of these phenomena is observed, immediately request priority


handling from Air Traffic Control to facilitate a route or an altitude change to
exit the icing conditions. Apply procedure specified in the Emergency
Procedures chapter.
Since the autopilot may mask tactile cues that indicate adverse changes
in handling characteristics, use of the autopilot is prohibited when the
severe icing defined above exists, or when unusual lateral trim
requirements or autopilot trim warnings are encountered while the
airplane is in icing conditions.

ATR42 Model 400 500


3 -- 00
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM CONTENTS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

3 . 00 -- CONTENTS

3 . 01 -- COCKPIT PREPARATION CHECKS

ENGINE FIRE PROTECTION


TRIMS
ENGINE
CVR / DFDR

3 . 02 -- DAILY CHECKS

ATPCS TEST
STICK PUSHER / SHAKER TEST
TRIMS

3 . 03 -- TAKE OFF

3 . 04 -- FLIGHT CONDITIONS

ICING CONDITIONS
SEVERE TURBULENCE

3 . 05 -- APPROACH AND LANDING

NORMAL LANDING
MISSED APPROACH

3 . 06 -- CONTAINER TRANSPORTATION

R 3 . 07 -- TAWS

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


3 01
NORMAL PROCEDURES MAY 95
PAGE : 1 001 DEC 95
AFM COCKPIT PREPARATION CHECKS DGAC MAY 03 MAR 97
APPROVED

3 . 01 . 01 ENGINE FIRE PROTECTION


Check ENG 2 (1) fire handle IN and latched
Extinguish any white lt
Depress SQUIB TEST pb and check both AGENT SQUIB lt illuminate
Select TEST sw on FIRE and check :
. ENG FIRE red lt illuminates into associated fire handle
. CCAS is activated (CRC + MW lt flashing red + ENG 2 (1) red lt on CAP)
Select TEST sw on FAULT and check :
. both LOOP A and LOOP B FAULT lt illuminate
. CCAS is activated (sc + MC lt flashing + LOOP amber lt on CAP)

3 . 01 . 02 TRIMS
R Before each flight :
Check PITCH, ROLL and YAW TRIM operation
Check STBY PITCH TRIM operation, check GUARDED SW in OFF position

See Daily Check in 302 page 1

3 . 01 . 03 ENGINE
Turn ATPCS to ARM
CHECK ATPCS ARM green light illuminates
Turn ATPCS to ENG position
CHECK associated ENG UPTRIM light illuminates
2.15 s later check ATPCS ARM light extinguishes.

3 . 01 . 04 CVR / DFDR
CVR
Depress TEST pb : check pointer moves to a location between 8 and 10
DFDR
Check STATUS amber lights not lit.

ATR42 Model : 400 500


3 02
NORMAL PROCEDURES MAY 95
PAGE : 1 001
DAILY CHECKS DEC 95
AFM DGAC MAY 03 MAR 97
APPROVED

3 . 02 . 01 ATPCS TEST (autofeather and uptrim while engines run)


Conditions : Both CLs AUTO
Both PLs at GI
ATPCS PB depressed. OFF extinguished.
PWR MGT selector on TO position
ARM positions ARM light illuminates green
TQ indications increase
NP and NH indications decrease
ENG positions Selected engine torque decreases below 21 %
Opposite engine :
torque doesnt change
UPTRIM light illuminates
NP and NH increase slightly
2.15 seconds later :
concerned propeller is automatically feathered
ARM green light extinguishes

CAUTION : Do not perform ENG TEST while taxiing as ACW is temporarily lost
and consequently, both main HYD pumps are temporarily lost as
well.
3 . 02 . 02 STICK PUSHER / SHAKER TEST
Release gust lock
Push Control column in nose down position
Select WARN rotary selector (LH maintenance panel) to STICK PUSHER
YES
depress and maintain PTT

monitor stall cricket and stick shaker


after ten seconds delay, monitor
. CHAN 1 and CHAN 2 illuminate green on LH maintenance panel
. STICK PUSHER lights illuminate green on both pilots panel
. stick pusher actuator operates.
R 3 . 02 . 03 TRIMS
For the first flight of the day :
Check PITCH, ROLL and YAW TRIM operation as follows :
Check the normal TRIM activation in both directions by depressing
simultaneously both control rocker switches
For few seconds depress independently each single control rocker
switch and check the nonactivation of the corresponding TRIM in both
possible directions
Reset TRIMS as required for take off

Eng : PW127E ATR42 Model : 500


3 03
NORMAL PROCEDURES
may 95
PAGE : 1 001
AFM TAKE OFF DGAC DEC 95
MAR 97
APPROVED
APR 96

3 . 03 . 01 TAKE OFF
Antiskid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . test
R Set flaps and pitch trim as required
PWR MGT selectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
CL both . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO

 Both EECs ON
Advance PL to power lever notch.
At VR rotate to the required pitch attitude to maintain an airspeed at or
above V2.
When a positive vertical speed is confirmed, select landing gear up.
At safe height :
. accelerate up to at least VFTO (flaps 0)
. retract flaps

Mod : Eng : ATR42 Model : 400 500


3 04 DEC 95
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001 OCT 96
FLIGHT CONDITIONS MAR 97
AFM DGAC MAY 00 MAY 98
APPROVED
FEB 99
MAY 99
3 . 04 . 01 ICING CONDITIONS
DEFINITION
Refer to 2.06.01

H Procedure for operation in atmospheric icing conditions :


As soon as and as long as atmospheric icing conditions exist, the
following procedures must be applied :
ANTIICING (propellers, horns, sidewindows) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
NP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Confirm w 82 %
PWR MGT rotary selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Confirm CRZ1
Minimum maneuver/operating
icing speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BUGGED AND OBSERVED
ICE ACCRETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
NOTE : horns anti icing selection triggers the illumination of the ICING
AOA green light, and lowers the AOA stall warning threshold.

R At first visual indication of ice accretion and as long as atmospheric icing


conditions exist, the following procedure must be applied :
ANTI ICING (propellers, horns, side windows) . . . . . . . . . . confirm ON
MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . confirm AUTO
ENG DE ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
AIRFRAME DE ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Minimum maneuver/operating
icing speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . confirm BUGGED AND OBSERVED
NOTE : Be alert to severe icing detection.
In case of severe icing refer to Emergency Procedures 4.05.05.

R When leaving icing conditions, DE ICING and ANTI ICING may be


switched OFF.
When the aircraft is visually verified clear of ice, ICING AOA caption may
be cancelled and normal speeds may be used.
NOTE : Experience has shown that the last part to clear is the ice
evidence probe. As long as this condition is not reached, the icing
speeds must be observed and the ICING AOA caption must not
be cancelled.

ATR42 Model : 500


3 04
NORMAL PROCEDURES APR 96
PAGE : 1 160
OCT 96
AFM FLIGHT CONDITIONS DGAC MAR 97
MAY 00
APPROVED
MAY 98
FEB 99
3 . 04 . 01 ICING CONDITIONS MAY 99
DEFINITION
Refer to 2.06.01

H Procedure for operation in atmospheric icing conditions :


As soon as and as long as atmospheric icing conditions exist, the
following procedures must be applied :
ANTIICING (propellers, horns, sidewindows) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
Minimum maneuver/operating
icing speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BUGGED AND OBSERVED
ICE ACCRETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
NOTE : horns anti icing selection triggers the illumination of the ICING
AOA green light, and lowers the AOA stall warning threshold.
At first visual indication of ice accretion and as long as atmospheric icing
R conditions exist, the following procedure must be applied :
ANTI ICING (propellers, horns, side windows) . . . . . . . . . . confirm ON
MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . confirm AUTO
ENG DE ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
AIRFRAME DE ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Minimum maneuver/operating
icing speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . confirm BUGGED AND OBSERVED
NOTE : Be alert to severe icing detection.
In case of severe icing refer to Emergency Procedures 4.05.05.
When leaving icing conditions, DE ICING and ANTI ICING may be
R switched OFF.
When the aircraft is visually verified clear of ice, ICING AOA caption may
be cancelled and normal speeds may be used.
NOTE : Experience has shown that the last part to clear is the ice
evidence probe. As long as this condition is not reached, the icing
speeds must be observed and the ICING AOA caption must not
be cancelled.

Mod : 4601 ATR42 Model : 500


3 04
NORMAL PROCEDURES OCT 96
PAGE : 2 170 MAR 97
AFM FLIGHT CONDITIONS DGAC MAY 98
APPROVED

MINIMUM MANEUVER / OPERATING ICING SPEEDS :

Whenever ICING AOA light is lit, the following minimum icing speeds must
be observed :

MINIMUM MANEUVER/OPERATING
FLAPS MAXIMUM BANK ANGLE
ICING SPEED
0 1.45 VSR 15o
1.21 VSR T/O, 2nd segment 15o
R 15 1.27 VSR Final Take off 15o
1.35 VSR En route 15o
1.36 VSR Approach 30o
25
1.29 VSR Go around 15o
35 1.35 VSR Final approach 30o

CAUTION : For obstacle clearance, the enroute configuration with engine


failure is FLAPS 15 at a minimum speed of 1.35 VSR if ice
accretion is observed.
J Procedure for takeoff with ground icing conditions but no
atmospheric icing conditions
For take off the following procedure MUST BE APPLIED :
PROP ANTI ICING ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
NOTE : It is recommended when possible to cycle landing gear after take
off.
Minimum maneuver/operating speeds :
The normal minimum maneuver/operating speeds are applicable.
Refer to FCOM part 3 and to AFM section 7.03 for advisory information on
contaminated runways penalties.

NOTE : Horns anti icing must not be selected ON to avoid lowering AOA of
the stall warning threshold.

Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


3 04
NORMAL PROCEDURES may 95
PAGE : 3 001
AFM FLIGHT CONDITIONS DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

3 . 04 . 02 SEVERE TURBULENCE
SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Maintain the speed at or below VRA : 180 kt CAS.

R Mod : Eng : ATR42 Model : 400 500


3 05
NORMAL PROCEDURES MAY 95
PAGE : 1 001 DEC 95
AFM APPROACH AND LANDING DGAC JAN 98
MAY 01
APPROVED
MAY 98
MAY 00
3 . 05 . 01 NORMAL LANDING OCT 00
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN / 3 Green
TLU GREEN LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK LIT
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LANDING CONFIGURATION
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO

R After nose wheel touch down


Both PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI
Both LO PITCH lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Check illuminated
CAUTION :If a thrust dissymmetry occurs or if one LO PITCH light is
not illuminated the use of any reverser is not allowed.

3 . 05 . 02 MISSED APPROACH (both power plants operating)


- Depress Go around push button on PLs.
- Set Go around power.
- Simultaneously retract flaps one notch and rotate to the required pitch attitude.
- Accelerate to or maintain Go around speed.
- With positive rate of climb :
- Retract landing gear

ATR42 Model : 400 500


3 06 Date de rvision
NORMAL PROCEDURES antrieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM CONTAINER TRANSPORTATION DGAC DEC 95
MAR 97
APPROVED
FEB 96

R 3 . 06 . 01 CONTAINER TRANSPORTATION

NOT APPLICABLE

Mod : Eng : ATR42 model : 400 500


3 06 Date de rvision
NORMAL PROCEDURES antrieure
PAGE : 1 100
AFM CONTAINER TRANSPORTATION DGAC MAY 99 OCT 95
APPROVED
NOV 95
DEC 95
3 . 06 . 01 CONTAINER TRANSPORTATION
FEB 96
CARGO PREPARATION MAR 97

Check the following points :

- the handle located on the RH side of the forward cargo compartment is in


closed position.
- the four smoke detectors located in the container bay are extended.
- the CNTNR SMK push button (overhead panel) is switched ON.

CARGO DOOR

The door must be latched and locked from outside.


The locked position of the door can be checked from inside through the view
port located at rear and middle latch.

R Mod : 4273 Eng : ATR42 model : 400 500


3 -- 07
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 020
AFM TAWS DGAC
APPROVED
OCT 08

R 3 . 07 . 01 TERRAIN AWARENESS ALERTING SYSTEM -- TAWS


1. General
Following a EGPWS warning, the crew must immediately focus their
attention on terrain proximity.
Positive action to alter the flight path or / and to change the configuration
should be initiated immediately.

2. Inputs
EGPWS is associated with the following systems :

ADC 1
Radio altimeter
ILS 2
SGU 1 and 2
Flaps position
Landing gear position
GNSS (if installed)
AHRS 1
Weather radar
3. Outputs
3.1. Basic GPWS modes

- For modes 1 -- 2 -- 3 and 4


Visual warning : red GPWS lights illuminate.
Aural warning :
Mode 1SINK RATE PULL UP
Mode 2 : TERRAIN PULL UP
Mode 3 : DONT SINK
Mode 4 : According to speed and / or flaps / gear setting :
TOO LOW TERRAIN
or TOO LOW GEAR
or TOO LOW FLAPS

- For mode 5
Visual warning : amber GS lights illuminate.
Aural warning : GLIDE SLOPE
- For mode 6
Aural warning : MINIMUMS MINIMUMS.
Aural warning : FIVE HUNDRED

Mod : 5313 ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


3 -- 07
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 040
AFM TAWS EASA
APPROVED
OCT 08

R 3 . 07 . 01 TERRAIN AWARENESS ALERTING SYSTEM -- TAWS


1. General
Following a EGPWS warning, the crew must immediately focus their
attention on terrain proximity.
Positive action to alter the flight path or / and to change the configuration
should be initiated immediately.
2. Inputs
EGPWS is associated with the following systems :
S ADC 1
S Radio altimeter
S ILS 2
S SGU 1 and 2
S Flaps position
S Landing gear position
S GNSS (if installed) or EGPWS internal GPS card
S AHRS 1
S Weather radar
3. Outputs
3.1. Basic GPWS modes
-- For modes 1 -- 2 -- 3 and 4
S Visual warning : red GPWS lights illuminates.
S Aural warning :
Mode 1 : SINK RATE PULL UP
Mode 2 : TERRAIN PULL UP
Mode 3 : DONT SINK
Mode 4 : According to speed and / or flaps / gear setting :
TOO LOW TERRAIN
or TOO LOW GEAR
or TOO LOW FLAPS
-- For mode 5
S Visual warning : amber GS lights illuminate.
S Aural warning : GLIDE SLOPE
-- For mode 6
S Aural warning MINIMUMS MINIMUMS.
S Aural warning : FIVE HUNDRED
S Aural warning : BANK ANGLE, BANK ANGLE

Mod : 5467 ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


3 -- 07
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 2 020
AFM TAWS EASA
APPROVED
OCT 08

3 . 07 . 01 TERRAIN AWARENESS ALERTING SYSTEM -- TAWS


R (CONTD)
3.2. Enhanced modes
- For TCF mode (Terrain Clearance Floor)
Visual warning : red GPWS lights illuminate
Aural warning : TOO LOW Terrain
- For TAD (Terrain Awareness & Display) mode
Visual warning : red GPWS lights illuminate
Aural caution : Terrain ahead -- terrain ahead
warning : Terrain ahead -- Pull Up
EFIS display : confligting terrain in red or yellow.
4 -- Operation
- During normal operations GPWS sw should be always set on NORM
position and TERR pb must be depressed in.
- In case of emergency conditions GPWS sw and TERR pb may be turned
on OFF position. Refer to chapter 4.05, Ditching and forced landing.
- In case of landing in abnormal flaps conditions GPWS sw may be turned
on OVRD position, refer to chapter 5.04, flight controls.
- Terrain Awareness Caution. When a terrain awareness CAUTION
occurs, verify the aeroplane flight path and correct it if required. If in
doubt, perform a climb until the CAUTION alert ceases.
- Terrain Awareness Warning. If a terrain awareness WARNING occurs,
immediately initiate and continue a climb that will provide maximum
terrain clearance until all alerts cease. Only vertical manoeuvres are
recommended, unless operating in visual meteorological conditions
(VMC), and/or the pilot determines, based on available information, that
turning in addition to the vertical escape manoeuvre is a safer course of
action.
Notes
- All modes are inhibited by stall warning.
- Mode 5 is active only when ILS2 is tuned on the correct frequency and
gear down.
- GPWS or TERR FAULT illumination indicates that some or all basic or
enhanced modes are lost.
In that case, the remaining alerts must be considered as valid and
taken into account.
- If the WX radar control is selected OFF, no terrain information will be
displayed on the EHSI and TERR FAULT amber light will be
illuminated.
Even in case of a radar failure, select the STBY position.

Mod : 5313 ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


3 -- 07
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PAGE : 2 040
AFM TAWS EASA
APPROVED
OCT 08

3 . 07 . 01 TERRAIN AWARENESS ALERTING SYSTEM -- TAWS


R (CONTD)
3.2. Enhanced modes
- For TCF mode (Terrain Clearance Floor)
Visual warning : red GPWS lights illuminate
Aural warning : TOO LOW Terrain
- For TAD (Terrain Awareness & Display) mode
Visual warning : red GPWS lights illuminate
Aural caution : Terrain ahead -- terrain ahead
or Obstacle ahead -- Obstacle ahead
warning : Terrain ahead -- Pull Up
or Obstacle ahead -- Pull up
EFIS display : conflicting terrain in red or yellow.
4 -- Operation
- During normal operations GPWS sw should be always set on NORM
position and TERR pb must be depressed in.
- In case of emergency conditions GPWS sw and TERR pb may be turned
on OFF position. Refer to chapter 4.05, Ditching and forced landing.
- In case of landing in abnormal flaps conditions GPWS sw may be turned
on OVRD position, refer to chapter 5.04, flight controls.
- Terrain/Obstacle Awareness Caution. When a terrain awareness
CAUTION occurs, verify the aeroplane flight path and correct it if
required. If in doubt, perform a climb until the CAUTION alert ceases.
- Terrain/Obstacle Awareness Warning. If a terrain awareness WARNING
occurs, immediately initiate and continue a climb that will provide
maximum terrain clearance until all alerts cease. Only vertical
manoeuvres are recommended, unless operating in visual
meteorological conditions (VMC), and/or the pilot determines, based on
available information, that turning in addition to the vertical escape
manoeuvre is a safer course of action.
Notes
- All modes are inhibited by stall warning.
- Mode 5 is active only when ILS2 is tuned on the correct frequency and
gear down.
- GPWS or TERR FAULT illumination indicates that some or all basic or
enhanced modes are lost.
In that case, the remaining alerts must be considered as valid and
taken into account.
- If the WX radar control is selected OFF, no terrain information will be
displayed on the EHSI and TERR FAULT amber light will be
illuminated.
Even in case of a radar failure, select the STBY position.

Mod :5467 ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 -- 00
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM CONTENTS EASA
APPROVED
MAR 12

4 . 00 -- CONTENTS

4 . 01 -- INTRODUCTION

4 . 02 -- POWER PLANT
IN FLIGHT ENG FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE
ON GROUND ENG FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE
R ENG FIRE AT TAKE OFF
BOTH ENGINES FLAME OUT

4 . 03 -- SMOKE
SMOKE
ELECTRICAL SMOKE
AIR COND SMOKE
FWD SMOKE
AFT SMOKE
AUX AFT COMPT SMOKE

4 . 04 -- ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
DUAL DC GEN LOSS

4 . 05 -- MISCELLANEOUS
EMERGENCY DESCENT
DITCHING
FORCED LANDING
ON GROUND EMERGENCY EVACUATION
SEVERE ICING
RECOVERY AFTER STALL OR UNCOMMANDED ROLL
CONTROL
R UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION

Mod : -- Eng : -- ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 01
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MAY 95
PAGE : 1 001
AFM INTRODUCTION DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

- The following procedures have been established and recommended by the


aircraft manufacturer and approved by the Airworthiness Authorities for
application in the event of a serious failure.

- The framed items correspond to actions performed by memory by the crew


within a minimum period of time.

- It is assumed that in general, all failures are indicated by the operation of


specific system warnings and/or by direct observation.

- The actions recommended may result in the loss of certain systems not
associated with the failure.

- If actions depend on a precondition, a preceding black square J is used to


identify the precondition.

- Whenever a procedure calls for LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE, the


seriousness of the situation as well as use of the nearest suitable airport
should be taken into consideration.

- However, whenever fire is encountered on the airplane, landing at the nearest


suitable airport is recommended.
After conducting any fire suppression/smoke evacuation procedure, even
though smoke has been dissipated, if it has not or cannot be visibly verified
that the fire has been put out, immediately land at the nearest suitable airport.

- Whenever a fire extinguisher is discharged in the cockpit, the crew should go


to 100 % oxygen.

R Mod : Eng : ATR42 Model : 400 500


4 -- 02
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM POWER PLANT EASA
APPROVED
MAR 12

4 . 02 . 01 -- IN FLIGHT ENG FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE


R
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
J If condition persists after 10 seconds
AGENT 1 affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
J If condition persists after 30 seconds
AGENT 2 affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
LAND ASAP

4 . 02 . 02 -- ON GROUND ENG FIRE OR SEVERE MECHANICAL DAMAGE

PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI / REVERSE AS RQD
F When aircraft is stopped
PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGAGE
CL 1+ 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
J If condition persists
AGENT 1 affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
J If condition persists after 30 seconds
AGENT 2 affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH

J If evacuation is required
ON GROUND EMERGENCY EVACUATION procedure . . . . APPLY

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 -- 02
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM POWER PLANT EASA
APPROVED
MAR 12

R 4 . 02 . 02 -- ENG FIRE AT TAKE OFF


Note: Captain may decide to shut down affected engine items before reaching
acceleration altitude, but not before 400ft AGL.

F When airborne
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
F At acceleration altitude
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
F At VFTO
J If normal conditions
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
J If icing conditions
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN 15
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
FIRE HANDLE illuminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
J If fire persists after 10 seconds
AGENT 1 affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
J If fire persists after 30 seconds
AGENT 2 affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
BLEED engine alive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF (if necessary)

LAND ASAP

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 -- 02
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 3 001
AFM POWER PLANT EASA
APPROVED
MAR 12

4 . 02 . 02 -- BOTH ENGINES FLAME OUT

PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
J If NH drops below 30% (no automatic relight)
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO

NOTE : See engine relight envelope (chapter 5)

J If neither engine starts


FORCED LANDING or DITCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREPARE

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 -- 03
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SMOKE EASA
APPROVED
MAR 12

4 . 03 . 00 -- SMOKE

CREW OXY MASKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON / 100%


R GOGGLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET
CREW COMMUNICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESTABLISH
RECIRC FANS 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

SMOKE SOURCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENTIFY


J If source not identified or electrical smoke suspected
NOTE: ELEC light may be activated by an air conditioning smoke source
ELECTRICAL SMOKE procedure (4.03.01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If air conditioning smoke identified
AIR CONDITIONING SMOKE procedure (4.03.02) . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If FWD SMK illuminated or smoke in FWD zone of aircraft
FWD SMOKE procedure (4.03.03) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If AFT SMK illuminated or smoke in AFT zone of aircraft
AFT SMOKE procedure (4.03.04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If AUX AFT COMPT SMK illuminated (depending on models)
AUX AFT COMPT SMOKE procedure (4.03.05) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

4 . 03 . 01 -- ELECTRICAL SMOKE

SMOKE Procedure (4.03.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY


AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH
DC SVCE AND UTLY BUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
DC BTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISOL
ACW GEN 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
SUSPECTED EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If smoke origin not identifed
LAND ASAP
R F When P below 1 PSI
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORM

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 -- 03
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SMOKE EASA MAR 12
APPROVED

4 . 03 . 02 -- AIR CONDITIONING SMOKE

SMOKE Procedure (4.03.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY


PACK VALVE 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
MAX FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 / MEA

J If smoke persists
PACK VALVE 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
PACK VALVE 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ENGINES PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CAREFULLY MONITOR
J If any anomaly occurs such as :
-- amber engine caution illumination associated to local ITT alert
-- total loss of NL indication
-- engine abnormality clearly identified (NH, NL, ITT indications,
noise, surge...)
CAUTION : . Confirm which engine is showing signs of abnormal
operation in order to avoid shutting down the safe
engine.
PL afffected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL afffected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
R LAND ASAP
SINGLE ENG OPER PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 -- 03
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SMOKE EASA
APPROVED
MAR 12

4 . 03 . 03 -- FWD SMOKE
1) PASSENGERS VERSION
SMOKE Procedure (4.03.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADVISE
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH
EXTRACT AIR FLOW LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLOSED

CABIN CREW WITH PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER LOCATE AND


KILL SOURCE OF SMOKE
R LAND ASAP
R F When P below 1 PSI
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORM

2) CARGO VERSION
SMOKE Procedure (4.03.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
CAB ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX INCREASE
ENG 2 BLEED (except when in single bleed operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PACK VALVE 2 (except when in single pack operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CAB VENT AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FLIGHT COMPT TEMP SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOT

CAUTION : LAND ASAP -- If a quick landing is not possible : climb and maintain
R minimum FL 160, FL 200 is recommended. When Excess CAB
R ALT warning, maintain FL160, maintain CAB ALT max increase.
NOTE : Smoke alert may be generated during smoke evacuation process.

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 -- 03
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SMOKE EASA MAR 12
APPROVED

4 . 03 . 04 -- AFT SMOKE
1) PASSENGERS VERSION
SMOKE Procedure (4.03.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADVISE FOR ACTION
AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HIGH

2) CARGO VERSION
SMOKE Procedure (4.03.00) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
CAB ALT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX INCREASE
ENG 2 BLEED (except when in single bleed operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PACK VALVE 2 (except when in single pack operation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CAB VENT AIR FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FLIGHT COMPT TEMP SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOT

CAUTION : LAND ASAP -- If a quick landing is not possible : climb and maintain
R minimum FL 160, FL 200 is recommended.When Excess CAB
R ALT warning, maintain FL160, maintain CAB ALT max increase
NOTE : Smoke alert may be generated during smoke evacuation process.

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 03 Date de rvision
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES antrieure
PAGE : 5 001 MAY 95
AFM SMOKE DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

4 . 03 . 05 AUX AFT COMPT SMOKE

NOT APPLICABLE

R Mod : Eng : ATR 42 model : 400 500


4 -- 04
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM ELECTRICAL SYSTEM EASA
APPROVED
OCT 07

4 . 04 . 01 -- DUAL DC GEN LOSS


R
DC GEN 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF then ON
J If no generator recovered
HYD GREEN PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
TRU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

Make sure that TRU arrow illuminates and BAT arrows extinguish.
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 OCLOCK
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
BAT SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD
ATC (VHF 1 or HF or HF 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
MIN CAB LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
NOTE :NAV lights switch set to ON is necessary to provide IEP illumination
STICK PUSHER/SHAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
STICK PUSHER/SHAKER FAULT PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
SIDE WINDOWS ANTI--ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ADC SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET TO ADC 1
ATC SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET TO ATC 1
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN MODE LO SPD
F When TLU LO SPD illuminates
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
CAUTION : Avoid large rudder input if IAS above 180 kt.
BUS EQPT LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
F Before descent
PAX INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE PA
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
F At touch down
IDLE GATE LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA
APPROVED MAR 12

4 . 05 . 01 -- EMERGENCY DESCENT

OXY MASKS / CREW COMMUNICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD


GOOGLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
DESCENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD

OXYGEN PAX SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD


SPEED . . . . . . MMO / VMO (or less if structural damage is suspected)
SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
R ATC (VHF 1 / HF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
MEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA MAR 12
APPROVED

4 . 05 . 02 -- DITCHING

F Preparation (time permitting)


R ATC (VHF 1 or HF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
R XPDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERGENCY
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R TERR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CABIN and COCKPIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREPARE
AUTO PRESS -- LDG ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET

F Approach
R
AUTO PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DUMP
PACKS 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL CLOSE
R HYD AUX PUMP pushbutton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPRESS
FLAPS (If available) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
F 30 seconds before impact or 1250 ft above sea level
DITCH PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / START ABORT
CABIN REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OBTAINED

F Before ditching (200 ft)


MINIMIZE IMPACT SLOPE
OPTIMUM PITCH ATTITUDE FOR IMPACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
BRACE FOR IMPACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ORDER

R NOTE: In case of night ditching, shutting down both engines may be


R performed at captain discretion, immediately after the impact
R (avoiding loss of landing lights during flare out).
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
FIRE HANDLES 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
FUEL PUMPS 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

F After ditching
NOTE: After ditching, one aft door will be under the water line.
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
EVACUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
F Before leaving aircraft
BAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ATR42 Model : 400--500


4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 3 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA MAR 12
APPROVED

4 . 05 . 03 -- FORCED LANDING

F Preparation (time permitting)


R ATC (VHF 1 or HF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
R XPDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMERGENCY
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R TERR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CABIN and COCKPIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PREPARE
AUTO PRESS -- LDG ELEVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET

F Approach
R HYD AUX PUMP pushbutton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPRESS
FLAPS (If available) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
AUTO PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DUMP
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / START ABORT
CABIN REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OBTAINED

F Before impact (200 ft)


BRACE FOR IMPACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ORDER
R NOTE : In case of night forced landing, shutting down both engines may be
R performed at captain discretion, immediately after the impact
R (avoiding loss of landing lights during flare out).
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
FIRE HANDLES 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
FUEL PUMPS 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

F After impact, when aircraft stopped


CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
AGENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCH
EVACUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
F Before leaving aircraft
BAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ATR42 Model: 400--500


4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 4 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA
APPROVED
MAR 12

R 4 . 05 . 04 -- EMERGENCY EVACUATION ON GROUND

AIRCRAFT / PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STOP / ENGAGE


R AUTO PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DUMP
ATC (VHF 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
MIN CAB LT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
CABIN CREW (PA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
FIRE HANDLES 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
AGENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / START ABORT
FUEL PUMPS 1+ 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
EVACUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE
F Before leaving aircraft
BAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 5 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA
APPROVED MAR 12

4 . 05 . 05 -- SEVERE ICING

R MINIMUM ICING SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE by 10 kt


PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
R CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD
R PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTCH
AP (if engaged) . . . . . . FIRMLY HOLD CONTROL WHEEL and DISENGAGE
SEVERE ICING CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESCAPE
ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY

H If an unusual roll response or uncommanded roll control movement is


observed :
Push firmly on the control wheel
R FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTEND 15

H If the flaps are extended, do not retract them until the airframe is clear of
ice

R H For approach, If the aircraft is not clear of ice:


R GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLAP OVRD
STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
APP/LDG CONF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN FLAPS 15
R APP SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . REDUCED FLAPS 15 LDG icing speeds + 5 kt
R Multiply landing distance FLAPS 35 by 1.22

.../...

ATR 42 model : 400--500


4 05 OCT 96
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
MAR 97
PAGE : 6 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS DGAC
FEB 99
APPROVED
MAY 04
MAY 99
MAY 00
4 . 05 . 05 SEVERE ICING (Contd) AUG 02
MAY 03
R
OCT 03
DETECTION

Visual cue identifying severe icing is characterized by ice covering all or a


substantial part of the unheated portion of either side window

and / or

Unexpected decrease in speed or rate of climb

and / or

The following secondary indications :


. Water splashing and streaming on the windshield
. Unusually extensive ice accreted on the airframe in areas not normally
observed to collect ice
. Accumulation of ice on the lower surface of the wing aft of the protected
areas
. Accumulation of ice on propeller spinner farther aft than normally
observed
The following weather conditions may be conducive to severe inflight icing :
. Visible rain at temperatures close to 0_C ambient air temperature (SAT)
. Droplets that splash or splatter on impact at temperatures close to 0_C
ambient air temperature (SAT)

ATR42 model 400 500


4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 7 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA MAR 12
Approved

4 . 05 . 06 -- RECOVERY AFTER STALL OR ABNORMAL ROLL CONTROL


CONTROL WHEEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PUSH FIRMLY
H If flaps 00 configuration
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD
R PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTCH
R ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
H If flaps are extended
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTCH
R ATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTIFY
R
NOTE: This procedure is applicable regardless the LDG GEAR position is
(DOWN or UP).
R
4 . 05 . 07 -- UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION
AP/YD/FD BARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF/OFF/STBY
PITCH AND TQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN
H If take off or GA below 1500 ft
PITCH IMMEDIATELY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
ICING / VOLCANIC ASHES CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESCAPE

PROBE HEATING, DE--/ANTI--ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK ON


APM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
WARNING: respect STALL alarm.
NOTE: Use any GPS speed information if available.
F Take off phase, at or above acceleration altitude
. ALTITUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN AT LEAST 20 SECONDS
. FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
. PITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
NOTE: Use climb table here after to adjust pitch if required.
AFTER TAKE OFF normal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT
F Climb
. TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO SPD
. PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLB
. PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTCH
.../...

ATR42 Model: 500


4 -- 05
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
PAGE : 8 001
AFM MISCELLANEOUS EASA
Approved MAR 12

4 . 05 . 07 -- UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION (CONTD)

Altitude (ft) 5000 10000 15000 20000


Normal conditions
8 6 5 4
pitch
Icing conditions
7 5 4 3
pitch
F Cruise
. ALTITUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI SPD
NOTE: Average pitch around 0_at cruise speed .
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CRZ
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTCH
F Descent
. TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI SPD
. PITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN AT --2.5
. PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJUST 30% TQ
DESCENT normal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F Initial approach
. TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO SPD
. APPROACH normal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
CAUTION : Transition from clean configuration to LDG configuration is to be
performed in level flight -- REFER TO ALTIMETER -- (if possible 30 seconds
between each step).
NOTE: Refer to following tables to adjust TQ:
Aircraft configuration TQ (Altitude of 3000ft)
-- Average speed 14 T 16 T 18 T
Flaps 0 -- 180 kt 35% 40% 45%
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Flaps 15 -- 150 kt 30% 35% 40%
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TO
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Flaps 35 -- 130 kt 45% 45% 50%

F Final Approach
. PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJUST 35% TQ
BEFORE LANDING normal procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
NOTE: Set an average pitch of --5 for a 3 slope approach.

ATR42 Model: 500


5 -- 00
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM CONTENTS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

5 . 00 -- CONTENTS

5 . 01 -- INTRODUCTION

5 . 02 -- ENGINE
R ENG FLAME OUT
ENG OIL LO PR
EEC FAULT
ENG RELIGHT ENVELOPE
R ENG RESTART IN FLIGHT
ENG NAC OVHT

5 . 03 -- FLYING WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE


TAKE OFF
APPROACH AND LANDING
MISSED APPROACH

5 . 04 -- SYSTEMS
FUEL
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
FLIGHT CONTROLS
LANDING GEAR
AIR
ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION
MFC
AUTOPILOT
PROPELLER CONTROL
MISCELLANEOUS

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 01
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM INTRODUCTION EASA DEC 09
APPROVED

- The procedures contained in this chapter have been established and


recommended by the aircraft manufacturer and approved by the
Airworthiness Authorities as acceptable procedures for a proper use of the
aircraft.

- They give information related to system and operational requirements and


cover the actions to be followed in case of failures which are not considered as
emergency cases (these cases are covered in chapter 4).

R - J : a preceding black square is used to identify a precondition for given


action(s).

- F : a preceding black dot is used to indicate the moment when given


action(s) have to be applied.

- Only particular operations, which are considered useful to highlight are


presented. Those procedures which are considered to be basic airmanship
are therefore not covered.

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


5 -- 02
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM ENGINE EASA
APPROVED DEC 09

5 . 02 . 01 -- ENG FLAME OUT


R PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
J If NH drops below 30 % (no immediate relight)
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
J If damage suspected
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If no damage suspected
ENG RESTART IN FLIGHT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If unsuccessful
SINGLE ENG OPERATION IN FLIGHT procedure . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

5 . 02 . 02 -- ENG OIL LO PR
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
J If both OIL LO PR alert on CAP and local alert are activated
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If local alert only is activated
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
Once engine is shut off
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR
J If CCAS is activated after 30 seconds
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL SO
ENG RESTART IN FLIGHT PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If not
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL SO
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If OIL LO PR alert on CAP only is activated
DISREGARD
INFORM MAINTENANCE
J If single engine operation required
NP of feathered engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
J If NP of feathered engine above 10%
APPROACH SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE BY 10 KT

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 02
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM ENGINE EASA
APPROVED OCT 08

R 5 . 02 . 03 -- ONE EEC FAULT


ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
CAUTION :DO NOT DESELECT EEC FLASHING
F When adequate flight situation
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RETARD IN GREEN SECTOR
EEC affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESET
J If successful
ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESTORE POWER
J If unsuccessful
EEC affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESTORE POWER
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HANDLING THROTTLE WITH CARE
F In the following cases: icing conditions, engine(s) flame out,
emergency descent, severe turbulence, heavy rain
MAN IGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
F In final approach
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD
F After landing
TAXI WITH THE AFFECTED ENGINE FEATHERED

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 02
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 3 001
AFM ENGINE EASA
APPROVED OCT 08

R 5 . 02 . 04 -- ENG RELIGHT ENVELOPE -- PW127E or PW127M or PW121A

R 5 . 02 . 05 -- ENG RESTART IN FLIGHT


FUEL SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FUEL SO
PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
R CAUTION : After ATPCS sequence PWR MGT rotary selector must be set to
MCT position before engine restart in order to cancel propeller
feathering.
R ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . START A & B
EEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESET if necessary or DESELECT if FAULT persists
START PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
F At 10 % NH
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR
RELIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJUST TO OTHER ENGINE
R ENG START ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
R SYSTEMS AFFECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESTORE

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 02
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 4 001
AFM ENGINE EASA DEC 10
APPROVED

5 . 02 . 06 -- ENG NAC OVHT


J If during hotel mode operation
R PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI
R CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR then FUEL SO

J If during taxi
AIRCRAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STOP
R PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SLIGHTLY INCREASE POWER

J If unsuccessful within 30 seconds


R PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI
R CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 03
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1 100
AFM FLYING WITH ONE ENGINE EASA
INOPERATIVE DEC 09
APPROVED

5 . 03 . 01 -- TAKE--OFF -- FLAPS 15

" REJECTED TAKE OFF (engine flame out before V1)


Immediately and simultaneously :
BRAKES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAXIMUM
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI / REVERSE

" TAKE OFF WITH ENGINE FLAME OUT BETWEEN V1 AND V2.
-- At VR rotate to the safe pitch attitude.

-- With a positive vertical speed


LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RETRACT
Use rudder and control wheel to control aircraft heading maintaining
aircraft wings essentially levelled

-- CLIMB AT V2

-- At acceleration altitude :
J If normal conditions
BLEED 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM OFF
ACCELERATE UP TO 1.22 VsR FLAPS 0_
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RETRACT
CLIMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTINUE AT THIS SPEED
PWR MGT ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . on expiry of RTO power limiting time
J If icing conditions
BLEED 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM OFF
ACCELERATE UP TO 1.27 VsR
FLAPS 15_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN
CLIMB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTINUE AT THIS SPEED
PWR MGT ROTARY SELECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MCT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . on expiry of RTO power limiting time
CAUTION : RTO POWER IS ONLY ALLOWED FOR 10 MINUTES

" ENGINE FLAME OUT DURING INITIAL CLIMB OUT


-- Proceed as above however, if the flame out occurs above V2 it is
recommended to maintain the speed reached without exceeding
V2 + 10 Kt.
In any case the minimum speed must be equal to V2.

Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


5 -- 03
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM FLYING WITH ONE ENGINE EASA
INOPERATIVE OCT 08
APPROVED

5 . 03 . 02 -- APPROACH AND LANDING

R BLEED 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
NORMAL APPROACH AND LANDING CONFIGURATIONS . . . . . SELECT

NOTE : At touch down, do not reduce below FI before nose wheel is on the
ground.

5 . 03 . 03 -- MISSED APPROACH
Apply normal missed approach procedure (3.05.02).

At acceleration altitude proceed as for a take off with engine flame out between
V1 and V2 (5.03 p 1).

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA MAR 12
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 01 -- FUEL
R " FUEL FEED LO PR
PUMP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM ON
ENGINE affected side . . . . . . . . MONITOR FOR POSSIBLE RUN DOWN
J If engine runs down or if fuel quantity decreases significantly
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
PUMP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
R LAND ASAP
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
CAUTION :DO NOT OPEN X FEED VALVE

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1A 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

FUEL LEAK ALERT CONDITION


A fuel leak may be detected by either :
--sum of fuel on board (FOB), read in steady flight at cruise level, and fuel used
(FU), FOB+FU significantly less than fuel at departure or
--passenger observation (fuel spray from engine or wing tip) or
--total fuel quantity decreasing at an abnormal rate, or
--fuel imbalance, or
--a tank emptying too fast (leak from engine or a hole in a tank),or
--excessive fuel flow (leak from engine), or
--fuel smell in the cabin
R
" FUEL LO LVL
AVOID EXCESSIVE AIRCRAFT ATTITUDES
J If both LO LVL lights ON
LAND ASAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
J If LO LVL light on one side only
FUEL LEAK procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
" FUEL LEAK
F When a leak is confirmed
LAND ASAP
J Leak from engine (excessive fuel flow or feed spray from engine)
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
PUMP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLL
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If excessive fuel flow was identified before engine shutdown
FUEL X FEED valve can be opened
J In all other cases FUEL X FEED valve must remain closed
J Leak not located
FUEL X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN CLOSED
Note :FUEL X FEED valve must remain closed to prevent the leak
affecting both sides
F Before landing
LAND ASAP

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 1A 100
AFM SYSTEMS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

FUEL LEAK ALERT CONDITION


A fuel leak may be detected by either :
--sum of fuel on board (FOB), read in steady flight at cruise level, and fuel used
(FU), FOB+FU significantly less than fuel at departure or
--passenger observation (fuel spray from engine or wing tip) or
--total fuel quantity decreasing at an abnormal rate, or
--fuel imbalance, or
--a tank emptying too fast (leak from engine or a hole in a tank),or
--excessive fuel flow (leak from engine), or
--fuel smell in the cabin
R
" FUEL LO LVL
AVOID EXCESSIVE AIRCRAFT ATTITUDES
J If both LO LVL lights ON
LAND ASAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
J If LO LVL light on one side only
J If leak suspected
FUEL LEAK procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If no leak suspected
J If FQI < 160 kg / 352 lb
X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
J If FQI 160 kg / 352 lb
Feeder jet pump malfunction is suspected
X FEED is not necessary
FUEL CONSUMPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
" FUEL LEAK
F When a leak is confirmed
LAND ASAP
J Leak from engine (excessive fuel flow or feed spray from engine)
PL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FI
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTR THEN FUEL SO
PUMP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FIRE HANDLE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PLL
SINGLE ENG OPERATION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If excessive fuel flow was identified before engine shutdown
FUEL X FEED valve can be opened
J In all other cases FUEL X FEED valve must remain closed
J Leak not located
FUEL X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN CLOSED
Note :FUEL X FEED valve must remain closed to prevent the leak
affecting both sides
F Before landing
LAND ASAP

Mod : 4650 ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA DEC 09
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 02 -- ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
" DC GEN FAULT
DC GEN affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If OAT exceeds ISA + 25
FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 MAX
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
" DC BUS 1 OFF
DC GEN 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM2
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
F At touch down
IDLE GATE LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
" DC BUS 2 OFF
DC GEN 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM1
VHF1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT
ADC SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET TO ADC 1
F Before descent
PAX INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE PA
F After touch down
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
" DC EMER BUS OFF
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
DESCENT TOWARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FL 100 / MEA
STBY PITCH TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USED AS RQD
ADC SW (ADC FAULT lights lost) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET TO ADC 2
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
J If ice accretion builds up on airframe
DE--ICING MODE SEL FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
PROPELLERS ANTI ICING FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
HORNS ANTI ICING FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R CM1 and STBY IAS INDICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMPARE to CM2
R Note : Use CM2 instruments in case of disagreement.
F Before landing
ANTI--SKID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
N/W STEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI--SKID FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

ATR42 Model : 500


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

R " BAT CHG FAULT


CHG associated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
" DUAL BAT CHG LOSS
MFC modules, one at a time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
J If RESET unsuccessful
LAND ASAP
Note : Minimize use of VHF1 if conditions permit.
" DC SVCE/UTLY BUS SHED
DC SVCE/UTLY BUS PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
" AC BUS 2 OFF
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM1
" ACW GEN FAULT
ACW GEN affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
" ACW BUS 1 OFF / ACW BUS 2 OFF
ACW GEN affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
AS LONG AS ICING CONDITIONS EXIST
ICE ACCRETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VISUALLY MONITOR
J If ACW BUS 1 OFF
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM2
CM1 AIRSPEED INDICATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
J If ACW BUS 2 OFF
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CM1
CM1 AIRSPEED INDICATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES

ATR42 Model : 500


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 3A 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

" ACW TOTAL LOSS


ACW GEN 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK OFF
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
AS LONG AS ICING CONDITIONS EXIST
ICE ACCRETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VISUALLY MONITOR
CM1 and CM2 AIRSPEED INDICATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
AFFECTED EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
MAIN HYD PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LDG GEAR NORMAL EXTENSION/RETRACTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOST
NORMAL BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LOST
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.5
F Before landing
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
BLUE PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F After touch down
REVERSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
BRAKE HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMER AS RQD
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED
DEC 09

5 . 04 . 03 -- HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
" HYD LO LEVEL
J If blue system affected
BLUE PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
AUX PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF (CONFIRMED)
REDUCED FLAPS LANDING procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F After touchdown
USE NORMAL BRAKE FOR STEERING
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
Note: For emergency / parking brake, the brake accumulator allows at
least six applications of braking force at full braking pressure.
J If green system affected
GREEN PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.5
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F After touchdown
REVERSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
BRAKE HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMER AS RQD
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES
R Note: For emergency / parking brake, the brake accumulator allows at
R least six applications of braking force at full braking pressure.
" HYD LO PR / HYD OVHT
PUMP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
" BOTH MAIN HYD PUMPS LOSS
MAIN BLUE AND GREEN PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK OFF
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.5
R Note: Normal brake and landing gear extension and retraction are lost.
F Before landing
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
BLUE PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
FLAPS 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
FLAPS 35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
F After touchdown
REVERSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
BRAKE HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMER AS RQD
R Note: For emergency / parking brake, the brake accumulator allows at least
R six applications of braking force at full braking pressure

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 5 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
MAR 12
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 04 -- FLIGHT CONTROLS
"REDUCED FLAPS LANDING
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLAP OVRD
STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (> 4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED

LDG DIST
FLAPS FLAPS 35 APP/LDG SPEED
MULTIPLY BY
0 1.35 1.23 VSR (0) + wind effect
15 1.15 1.23 VSR (15) + wind effect
25 1.1 1.23 VSR (25) + wind effect

R CAUTION :Tail strike may occur if pitch attitude exceeds 10_ during the flare
depending on vertical speed at touch down.
" FLAPS UNLK
J If before V1
TAKE OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABORT
J If after V1
VR, V2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE BY 10 KT
J If alarm occurs during approach
GA POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
R VGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE BY 10 KT
F When possible
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
REDUCED FLAPS LANDING procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
" FLAPS ASYM / UNCOUPLED / ASYM
FLAPS CTL LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEAR FLAPS PRESENT POSITION
REDUCED FLAP LANDING PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
"ELEVATOR JAMMING
CONTROL COLUMNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UNCOUPLE
AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 KT MAX
J If one elevator is stuck to full down position
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 KT MAX
J If left elevator is jammed
MINIMUM MANEUVER OPERATING SPEED . . . . INCREASE BY 10 KT
J If elevator jamming occurs at take off
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 KT MAX
PITCH DISCONNECT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 5A 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 04 -- FLIGHT CONTROLS (CONTD)


"PITCH TRIM INOPERATIVE
R EXISTING CONFIGURATION AND SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAINTAIN AS LONG AS POSSIBLE
F For approach
STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (> 4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
FLAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . EXTEND AT VFE FOR EACH CONFIGURATION
LDG SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE BY 10 kt
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.13
"PITCH DISCONNECT
BOTH CONTROL COLUMNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK FREE
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 KT MAX
LOAD FACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 g MAX
BANK ANGLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30_ MAX UNTIL FLAPS EXTENSION
AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
F For approach
STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (> 4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
LAND AT AIRPORT WITH MINIMUM CROSSWIND
LDG SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE BY 10 kt
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.13
PL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REDUCE SMOOTHLY TO FLARE
" STICK PUSHER / SHAKER FAULT
STICK PUSHER / SHAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
MINIMUM MANEUVER OPERATING SPEED . . . . . . INCREASE BY 10 KT
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.13

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 6 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

R 5 . 04 . 04 -- FLIGHT CONTROLS (CONTD)


" TLU FAULT
J If ADC 1 + 2 are lost
J IAS above 195 kt
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI SPD
J IAS below 195 kt
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO SPD
DISREGARD TLU FAULT ALERT
J If at least one ADC operates
J IAS above 195 kt
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HI SPD
J If TLU FAULT alarm persits
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 KT MAX
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO SPD
J IAS below 195 KT
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 KT MAX
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LO SPD
DISREGARD TLU FAULT ALERT
J If TLU green light is not lit
VAPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE BY 10 KT
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.13
LAND AT AIRPORT WITH MINIMUM CROSSWIND
Note: Maximum demonstrated cross wind (dry runway) with TLU HI SPD
mode : 15 kt
" AILERON JAM / SPOILER JAM
BANK ANGLE LIMIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25o MAX
BLUE AND AUX HYD PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LAND AT AIRPORT WITH MINIMUM CROSSWIND
F For approach
STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (> 4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
BLUE AND AUX HYD PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
CAUTION: Do not extend FLAPS in turn
F When in landing configuration
BLUE AND AUX HYD PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
F Immediately after touch down
BLUE AND AUX HYD PUMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES 5 -- 04
PAGE : 7 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
DEC 09
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 04 -- FLIGHT CONTROLS (CONTD)

" RUDDER JAMMING


STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (> 4.5_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PROHIBITED
LANDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLAPS 35
USE DIFFERENTIAL POWER TO MINIMIZE SIDE SLIP
LAND AT AIRPORT WITH MINIMUM CROSSWIND
At touch down
NOSE DOWN BEFORE REDUCTION BELOW FI
R " DUTCH ROLL TENDENCY / RUDDER RELEASABLE CENTER UNIT FAIL
J If YD is available
YD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ENGAGE
J If YD is not available
R LOCK THE RUDDER PEDALS WITH THE FEET TO PREVENT
R UNEXPECTED RUDDER PEDAL MOVEMENT
" PITCH TRIM ASYM (LOCAL LIGHT)
R AP DISCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONFIRM MANUALLY
PITCH TRIM INOPERATIVE procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 8 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
DEC 10
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 05 -- LANDING GEAR
" LDG GEAR UNSAFE INDICATION
J If LDG GEAR selected DOWN
J If GREEN LIGHT OFF on one panel only
UNSAFE INDICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISREGARD
J If GREEN LIGHT OFF on both panels
LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION procedure . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If LDG GEAR selected UP
J If RED LIGHT ON on one panel only
UNSAFE INDICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISREGARD
J If RED or GREEN LIGHT ON on both panels
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 KT MAX
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
" LDG GEAR GRAVITY EXTENSION
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
EMER EXTENSION HANDLE . . . . . . . PULL ABOVE PEDESTAL LEVEL
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AND MAINTAIN UP TO GREEN LIGHTS ILLUMINATED
CAUTION: Do not twist the handle when operating.
" LDG GEAR RETRACTION IMPOSSIBLE
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 KT MAX
CCAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RECALL
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
" ANTI--SKID FAULT
R ANTI--SKID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LDG DISTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.4
F At touch down
REVERSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
NORMAL BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE WITH CARE
BRAKE HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMER AS RQD
" BRK TEMP HOT
J If BRK TEMP HOT occurs before take off
TAKE OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DELAY
J If BRK TEMP HOT occurs in flight
LEAVE LDG GEAR DOWN FOR 1 MINUTE AFTER TAKE OFF FOR
COOLING EXCEPT IN CASE OF EMERGENCY
ATR42 Model : 400 / 500
5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 9 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 06 -- AIR
" BLEED VALVE FAULT / BLEED VALVE OVHT
PACK VALVE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED VALVE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R MAX FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 / MEA
AVOID LARGE QUICK POWER CHANGES AT HIGH ALTITUDES
" BLEED LEAK
PACK VALVE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED VALVE affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R MAX FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 / MEA
AVOID LARGE QUICK POWER CHANGES AT HIGH ALTITUDES
CAUTION: Do not restore the system in flight.
R Note: If a bleed leak occurs on ground during taxi, go back to parking.
" PACK VALVE FAULT
PACK VALVE affected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R MAX FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 / MEA
AVOID LARGE QUICK POWER CHANGES AT HIGH ALTITUDES
" DUCT OVHT
TEMP SEL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
COMPT TEMP SELECTOR affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COLD
R CAUTION: Monitor DUCT TEMP and make sure it remains positive to avoid
possible pack turbine damage due to freezing.
J If alert persists
PACK VALVE affected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
MAX FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 / MEA
AVOID LARGE QUICK POWER CHANGES AT HIGH ALTITUDES

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 9A 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 06 -- AIR (CONTD)
" EXCESS CAB ALT
R CABIN PRESS IND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
J If rapid decompression
EMERGENCY DESCENT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
J If Z cabin > 10000 ft confirmed
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 OCLOCK
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DECREASE
J If unsuccessful
CREW OXYGEN MASKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
CREW COMMUNICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ESTABLISH
OXYGEN PAX SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
OXYGEN PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
DESCENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD / MEA
" AUTO PRESS FAULT
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 OCLOCK
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AS RQD
" EXCESS CAB P
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 OCLOCK
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
MAN RATE KNOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAX INCREASE
J If unsuccessful
DESCENT TO A COMPATIBLE FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INITIATE

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES 5 -- 04
PAGE : 10 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 07 -- ICE AND RAIN PROTECTION


R
" ANTI--ICING PROP FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
ANTI--ICING PROP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If propeller unbalance due to ice becomes excessive
CL 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MOVE TO 100% OVRD for 5 minutes
" ANTI--ICING HORNS FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
J In icing conditions, every 5 minutes
FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT
" DE--ICING ENG FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
ENGINE PARAMETERS affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
" AFR AIR BLEED FAULT
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
AFR AIR BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
J If DE--ICING ENG FAULT light illuminates after 10 seconds
DE--ICING ENG affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
AFR AIR BLEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
AFR AIR BLEED FAULT light . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK EXTINGUISHED
J If DE--ICING ENG FAULT light does not illuminate after 10 seconds
DE--ICING AIR FRAME FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
" DE--ICING AIR FRAME FAULT
DE--ICING AIR FRAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
LEAVE AND AVOID ICING CONDITIONS
MINIMUM ICING SPEEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INCREASE BY 15 KT
LDG DIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MULTIPLY BY 1.2
" MODE SEL AUTO FAULT
MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
DE--ICING and ANTI--ICING MANUAL MODE PBs:
ACCORDING TO CURRENT SAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT
" DE--ICING MODE SEL FAULT (Guarded PB)
OVRD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT
DE--ICING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
J In case of engine flame--out
OVRD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RELEASE

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 11 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 08 -- MFC
" MFC 1A FAULT
R MODULE 1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
R " MFC 1B FAULT
MODULE 1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
J If failure during taxi out
R PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
F Prior take off
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
F After take off
PACKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL CLOSE
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEAVE DOWN for cooling for 1 minute
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . after take off except in case of emergency
F After landing
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 12 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

" MFC 2A FAULT


R MODULE 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
JIf failure during taxi
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
F After take off
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
F At touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
F After landing
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
" MFC 2B FAULT
MODULE 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
JIf failure during taxi
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
F Prior take off
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
F After take off
PACKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL CLOSE
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEAVE DOWN for cooling for 1 minute
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . after take off except in case of emergency
F After landing
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES 5 -- 04
PAGE : 13 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

" MFC 1A + 1B FAULT


R MODULES 1A + 1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
ANTI--ICING PROP 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI--ICING PROP FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
DE-ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD AS RQD
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED VALVE FAULT PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
RADAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
F Before landing
ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
F After landing
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.
" MFC 1 A+ 2 A FAULT
R MODULES 1A + 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN MODE
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
R RADAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Note: Airframe FAULT amber alert is lost.
Note: When AIRFRAME DE--ICING is used monitor boots inflation.
Note: AP OFF ALERT is lost. Use of AP below 1000 ft AGL is prohibited.
F Before landing
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
EMER EXTENSION HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
F At touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
F After landing
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 14 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

" MFC 1A + 2B FAULT


R MODULES 1A + 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
MAIN BLUE HUD PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
HYD X FEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
DE-ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD AS RQD
F Before landing
Note: Flaps control is lost.
REDUCED FLAPS LANDING procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
EMER EXTENSION HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
F After landing
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.
" MFC 1B + 2A FAULT
MODULES 1B + 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
DE-ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD AS RQD
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
F Before landing
Note: Flaps control is lost.
REDUCED FLAPS LANDING procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
LDG GEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
EMER EXTENSION HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
CAUTION : LDG GEAR cannot be retracted.
F At touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
F After landing
PACK 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 15 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED
OCT 08

" MFC 2A + 2B FAULT


R MODULES 2A + 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
AVIONICS VENT EXHAUST MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVBD
ANTI-ICING PROP 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI-ICING PROP FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
DE-ICING MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OVRD AS RQD
PACK 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BLEED VALVE FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F Before landing
ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
F At touch-down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
F After landing
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.
" MFC 1B + 2B FAULT
R MODULES 1B + 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF / RESET
OVERHEAD PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
F Before landing
NOSE WHEEL STEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI--SKID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI--SKID FAULT procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
LDG GEAR LEVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DOWN
EMER EXTENSION HANDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
CAUTION : LDG GEAR cannot be retracted.
F At touch down
IDLE GATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
DIFFERENTIAL BRAKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
F After landing
PACK 1 + 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ANTI-ICING HORNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PROBES HTG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
OVBD VALVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL OPEN
CAUTION : Before opening any door, Packs 1 and 2 must be selected OFF
and cockpit communication hatch must be open.

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 16 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA DEC 09
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 09 -- AUTOPILOT
" PITCH MISTRIM
FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLDING FIRMLY
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT
Note: FLY MANUALLY UNTIL RESUMING NORMAL CONDITIONS.
" PITCH TRIM FAIL
FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLDING FIRMLY
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT
Note: FLY MANUALLY UNTIL RESUMING NORMAL CONDITIONS.
" If any unusual situations are observed such as :
-- excessive lateral trim required
-- illumination of the AILERON MISTRIM message on the ADU
-- abnormal flight characteristics of the airplane
FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLDING FIRMLY
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT
Note: FLY MANUALLY PRIOR TO ADJUSTING THE LATERAL TRIMS.
Note: The autopilot may be reengaged following adjustment of the lateral trims.
5 . 04 . 10 -- PROPELLER CONTROL
" PEC SGL CH light illuminated
DO NOT RESET PEC IN FLIGHT -- NO SPECIAL CREW ACTION
ANTICIPATE A PEC FAULT AT LANDING
MAINTENANCE IS REQUIRED
" PEC FAULT
J If in short final approach (below 400 ft RA)
GO AROUND procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
F Then, above 400 ft
-- or -- J If in other flight phases
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD
PEC affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RESET
J If successful
CL affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
J If unsuccessful
PEC affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Avoid sudden PL movements
F Before landing
CL NON AFFECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100% OVRD
R Reverse is not available on affected engine.
TAXI ON BOTH ENGINES

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 17 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

5 . 04 . 11 -- MISCELLANEOUS
" ADC FAULT
R ADC SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NON AFFECTED SIDE
PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NON AFFECTED SIDE
J If ADC 1 + 2 are lost
STBY INST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE
CAB PRESS MODE SEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN
ENG PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
GPWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
TLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAN MODE
" DADC DATA INVALID
INSTRUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CROSSCHECK
FAULTY ADC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ADC SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SELECT VALID ADC

" ADC SW FAULT


ADC SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET TO OPPOSITE ADC
" AHRS FAULT
ATT / HDG PB affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPRESS
Periodically compare remaining AHRS outputs to STBY INST.
" FIRE LOOP FAULT
LOOP affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
" OXYGEN LO PR
MAIN SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF then ON
J If oxygen LO PR light remains lit
MAIN SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Oxygen portable unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use if required
" ADU FAILURE
IAS / VS MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USE TCS
Note: ALT SEL mode is lost.
J If amber AP MSG appears on EADI
-- or -- J If in composite mode
FLIGHT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HOLDING FIRMLY
AP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DISCONNECT

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


5 -- 04
PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
PAGE : 18 001
AFM SYSTEMS EASA
APPROVED
DEC 09

R " EFIS COMP


J If ROL, PIT, ATT, HDG cautions appears on EFIS
BOTH EADI, STBY HORIZON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CROSSCHECK
WRONG INSTRUMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDENTIFY
ATT / HDG PB affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPRESS
J If AHRS 1 is wrong
C/B AHRS 1 NORM SPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
C/B AHRS 1 AUX SPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
J If AHRS 2 is wrong
C/B AHRS 2 NORM SPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
C/B AHRS 2 AUX SPLY FLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PULL
NOTE : C/Bs deselection allows AP reconnection
J If LOC / GS / ILS caution appears on EFIS
NAV SOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
VOR / ILS PB affected side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEPRESS AS RQD

ATR42 Model : 400 / 500


6 00
PERFORMANCE DEC 95
PAGE : 1 001
AFM CONTENTS DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

6 . 00 CONTENTS

6 . 01 GENERAL
INTRODUCTION
R STALL SPEEDS VSR
AIRPLANE CONFIGURATION
CROSS WIND
DETERMINATION OF WIND COMPONENTS
CALIBRATION SPEED AND ALTITUDE

6 . 02 ENGINE MANAGEMENT

6 . 03 TAKE OFF
DEFINITION
PERFORMANCE DETERMINATION
DETERMINATION OF MAXIMUM TAKE OFF WEIGHT FOR A
GIVEN RUNWAY
PERFORMANCE CHARTS
ALTITUDE SPEED BANK ANGLE TURN RADIUS :
RELATIONSHIPS

6 . 04 SINGLE ENGINE CRUISE


DEFINITION
EN ROUTE NET GRADIENT

6 . 05 LANDING
DEFINITION
PERFORMANCE DETERMINATION
PERFORMANCE CHARTS

6 . 06 ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS


INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT IN ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS

Mod : Eng : ATR42 Model : 400 500


6 01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

6 . 01 . 01 INTRODUCTION

In compliance with Airworthiness regulations, an aircraft is cleared to take off


from any airport if the weight allows it to achieve the take off, en route and
landing performance included in this chapter.

The curves or tables approved by Airworthiness Authority must not be


extrapolated.

Performance is related to VSR (see page 2)

Wind speed is measured at the height of 10 meters.

All weight, altitude, temperature and speed limits presented on section 2


LIMITATIONS must be observed for the utilization of the performance
charts.

R Mod : Eng : ATR42 Model : 400 500


6 01
PERFORMANCE OCT 96
PAGE : 2 170
AFM GENERAL DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

R 6 . 01 . 02 STALL SPEEDS VSR

Mod : 4372 + 4540 Eng : ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 3 001
AFM GENERAL EASA
APPROVED DEC 10

6 . 01 . 03 -- AIRPLANE CONFIGURATION
The take off and landing performances has been established on a smooth, dry
and wet, hard surfaced runway.
Graphes are identified : DRY or WET RUNWAY. When not identified they
are valid for both DRY and WET RUNWAYS.
The performances have been established in the following configuration.
Single engine operation is considered.

FLAPS AIR ENG REMARKS


COND POWER
TAKE OFF 15o ON / OFF TO / RTO ATPCS ON

FINAL TAKE OFF 0o OFF MCT

EN ROUTE 0o OFF / ON MCT

APPROACH 25o OFF RTO


(go around)
LANDING 35o OFF

6 . 01 . 04 -- CROSS WIND
The maximum crosswind demonstrated is :
R -- Take--off: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45kt
-- Landing configuration : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . flaps 25: 45kt
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (*) flaps 35: 44kt
Braking Action TO LDG Maximum Crosswind
R (TO and LDG)
GOOD 1 1 45 kt (*)
GOOD/MEDIUM 2 2 37 kt
MEDIUM 3--6 5/6 30 kt
MEDIUM/POOR 4 5 22 kt
POOR 7 7 15 kt

Runway status: 1: dry runway, 2:wet up to 3mm depth, 3 (TO only): slush or
water from 3 to 6mm depth, 4 (TO only):slush or water from 6 to 12.7mm depth,
5: slush or water from 3 to 12.7mm depth, 6: compact snow, 7: ice

ATR42 Model : 500


6 01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 4 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

6 . 01 . 05 DETERMINATION OF WIND COMPONENTS

R Mod : Eng : ATR42 Model : 400 500


6 01
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 5 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED
DEC 95

6 . 01 . 06 CALIBRATION SPEED AND ALTITUDE

CRUISE

No correction to be applied neither on speed (IAS = CAS) nor on altitude.

TAKE OFF APPROACH LANDING

The following graphs give the correction to be applied when flaps are extended.

R Mod : Eng : ATR42 Model : 400 500


6 01
PERFORMANCE DEC 95
PAGE : 6 001
AFM GENERAL APR 96
DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

SPEED CORRECTION
ERROR IN GROUND EFFECT V1 AND VR

Mod : Eng : ATR42 Model : 400500


6 01
PERFORMANCE DEC 95
PAGE : 7 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED
MAR 97

R Mod : Eng : ATR42 Model : 400500


6 01
PERFORMANCE DEC 95
PAGE : 8 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED
MAR 97

GO AROUND (FLAPS 25)


SPEED CORRECTION

R Mod : Eng : ATR42 Model : 400500


6 01 DEC 95
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 9 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED
MAR 97

R FINAL APPROACH LANDING (FLAPS 35)


SPEED CORRECTION

Mod : Eng : ATR42 Model : 400500


6 01
PERFORMANCE DEC 95
PAGE : 10 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED
MAR 97

R Mod : Eng : ATR42 Model : 400500


6 01
PERFORMANCE DEC 95
PAGE : 11 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED
MAR 97

GO AROUND (FLAPS 25)


ALTITUDE CORRECTION

R Mod : Eng : ATR42 Model : 400500


6 01 DEC 95
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 12 001
AFM GENERAL DGAC
APPROVED
MAR 97

R FINAL APPROACH LANDING (FLAPS 35)


ALTITUDE CORRECTION

Mod : Eng : ATR42 Model : 400 500


6 -- 02
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1 001
AFM ENGINE MANAGEMENT EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

TAKE OFF TORQUE COMPUTED FOR Vc = 50 KT


SAT (oC) PROPELLER SPEED 100%
NORMAL PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
AIR COND AIR COND
OFF ON --1000. 0. 1000. 2000. 3000. 4000. 5000. 6000. 7000. 8000. 8500.
-- 40. -- 63. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
-- 10. -- 27. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
-- 8. -- 24. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
-- 6. -- 22. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
-- 4. -- 19. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
-- 2. -- 17. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
0. -- 14. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
2. -- 12. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
4. -- 10. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
6. -- 7. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
8. -- 5. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0
10. -- 2. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 89.6
12. 0. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 88.5
14. 3. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 89.1 87.2
16. 5. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 87.8 85.9
18. 8. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 86.4 84.5
20. 10. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 88.4 84.8 83.0
22. 13. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 86.8 83.2 81.4
24. 15. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 88.8 85.1 81.6 79.9
26. 18. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 87.0 83.5 80.0 78.3
28. 20. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 89.0 85.4 81.9 78.5 76.8
30. 23. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 87.3 83.7 80.3 77.0 75.4
32. 25. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 89.2 85.6 82.1 78.7 75.5 73.9
34. 28. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 87.5 83.9 80.5 77.2 74.0 72.4
36. 30. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 89.3 85.7 82.2 78.9 75.6 72.5 71.0
38. 33. 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 87.5 84.0 80.6 77.3 74.1 71.0 69.5
40. 36. 90.0 90.0 90.0 89.3 85.7 82.2 78.9 75.7 72.6
42. 38. 90.0 90.0 90.0 87.4 83.9 80.5 77.3 74.1
44. 41. 90.0 90.0 89.1 85.6 82.1 78.8 75.6
46. 43. 90.0 90.0 87.2 83.7 80.3 77.1
48. 46. 90.0 88.8 85.3 81.8 78.6
50. 48. 90.0 86.8 83.3 80.0
52. 51. 88.3 84.8 81.4
54. 53. 86.2 82.8
55. 54. 85.1 81.8

Note : Applicable for 0 Vc 60 kt


R ATR42 Model : 500
6 -- 02
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 2 001
AFM ENGINE MANAGEMENT EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS TORQUE COMPUTED FOR VC = 120 KT


TAT (oC) PROPELLER SPEED 100%
NORMAL HIGH PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
AIR
AIR AIR
COND
COND COND
OFF 0. 2000. 4000. 6000. 8000. 10000. 12000. 14000. 16000. 18000. 20000. 22000. 24000. 25000.
ON ON
-- 43. -- 56. -- 67. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.8 90.0 83.1 76.4 70.2 67.2
-- 40. -- 52. -- 63. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 96.2 88.5 81.7 75.2 69.0 66.1
-- 37. -- 48. -- 59. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 94.6 87.1 80.4 73.9 67.8 65.0
-- 33. -- 44. -- 55. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 93.0 85.6 79.0 72.7 66.7 63.9
-- 29. -- 40. -- 50. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.1 91.2 84.0 77.5 71.3 65.4 62.7
-- 25. -- 36. -- 46. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.0 89.2 82.1 75.8 69.8 64.0 61.3
-- 21. -- 32. -- 42. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 94.8 87.3 80.3 74.2 68.2 62.6 60.0
-- 17. -- 28. -- 38. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 93.1 85.7 78.9 72.8 67.0 61.5 58.9
-- 13. -- 24. -- 33. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.2 91.4 84.1 77.4 71.5 65.7 60.3 57.8
-- 10. -- 20. -- 29. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.4 89.7 82.5 76.0 70.1 64.5 59.2 56.7
-- 6. -- 16. -- 24. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 95.5 88.0 81.0 74.5 68.8 63.3 58.1 55.6
-- 2. -- 12. -- 20. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 93.6 86.3 79.4 73.1 67.5 62.1 57.0 54.6
1. -- 8. -- 16. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.7 91.9 84.7 77.9 71.7 66.2 60.9 55.9 53.5
4. -- 4. -- 11. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.6 90.0 82.9 76.3 70.2 64.8 59.6 54.7 52.4
8. 0. -- 7. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 94.9 87.5 80.6 74.2 68.3 63.0 58.0 53.2 51.0
11. 4. -- 2. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 92.8 85.6 78.8 72.5 66.8 61.6 56.7 52.0 49.8
15. 8. 2. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 98.4 90.8 83.8 77.2 71.0 65.4 60.4 55.5 51.0 48.8
18. 12. 7. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 96.3 88.9 82.0 75.5 69.5 64.0 59.1 54.3 49.9
22. 16. 12. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 94.2 86.9 80.2 73.9 68.0 62.6 57.8
25. 20. 16. 100.0 100.0 100.0 98.3 90.9 84.0 77.4 71.3 65.6 60.4
29. 24. 21. 100.0 100.0 100.0 94.5 87.5 80.8 74.5 68.6 63.1
33. 28. 25. 100.0 100.0 97.9 90.8 84.0 77.6 71.5 65.9
37. 32. 29. 100.0 100.0 94.2 87.4 80.9 74.6 68.8
41. 36. 33. 100.0 98.5 91.5 84.8 78.5 72.5
44. 40. 38. 100.0 95.5 88.7 82.3 76.1
48. 44. 42. 99.5 92.5 86.0 79.7
52. 48. 46. 96.3 89.6 83.2
56. 52. 50. 93.1 86.6
60. 56. 54. 91.3
64. 60. 58.

Note : Applicable for Vc 125 kt


Add 0.8 % for each 10 kt above 125 kt without exceeding 100 % torque.

R ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 02
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 3 001
AFM ENGINE MANAGEMENT EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

GO AROUND TORQUE COMPUTED FOR VC = 100 KT


TAT (oC) PROPELLER SPEED 100%
NORMAL HIGH PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
AIR COND AIR COND AIR COND
OFF ON ON --1000. 0. 1000. 2000. 3000. 4000. 5000. 6000. 7000. 8000. 8500.
-- 40. -- 63. --71. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
-- 10. -- 27. --35. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
-- 8. -- 24. --32. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
-- 6. -- 22. --30. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
-- 4. -- 19. --27. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
-- 2. -- 17. --25. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
0. -- 14. --22. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
2. -- 12. --19. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
4. -- 10. --17. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
6. -- 7. --14. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
8. -- 5. --12. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
10. -- 2. --9. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.9
12. 0. --7. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 98.6
14. 3. --4. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.3 97.2
16. 5. --1. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.9 95.8
18. 8. 2. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 96.3 94.3
20. 10. 4. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 98.6 94.6 92.6
22. 13. 7. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 96.8 92.8 90.9
24. 15. 10. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.0 95.0 91.1 89.2
26. 18. 13. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.1 93.1 89.3 87.4
28. 20. 16. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.3 95.2 91.3 87.6 85.7
30. 23. 18. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.4 93.4 89.6 85.9 84.1
32. 25. 21. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.5 95.5 91.6 87.9 84.3 82.5
34. 28. 24. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.6 93.6 89.8 86.1 82.6 80.9
36. 30. 27. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.7 95.6 91.8 88.0 84.4 80.9 79.3
38. 33. 30. 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.6 93.7 89.9 86.2 82.7 79.3 77.6
40. 36. 32. 100.0 100.0 100.0 99.6 95.6 91.8 88.1 84.5 81.0 77.7 76.1
42. 38. 35. 100.0 100.0 100.0 97.6 93.6 89.9 86.2 82.7 79.3
44. 41. 38. 100.0 100.0 99.5 95.5 91.7 88.0 84.4 81.0
46. 43. 41. 100.0 100.0 97.3 93.4 89.7 86.1 82.6
48. 46. 43. 100.0 99.1 95.1 91.4 87.7 84.2
50. 48. 46. 100.0 96.8 93.0 89.3 85.7
52. 51. 49. 98.5 94.6 90.9 87.2
54. 53. 52. 96.2 92.4 88.7
56. 55. 54. 93.8 90.1

Note : Applicable for Vc 125 kt


R ATR42 Model : 500 Add 0.8 % for each 10 kt above 125 kt without exceeding 100 % torque.
6 03 DEC 95
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1 001
AFM TAKEOFF DGAC MAY 98
APPROVED

6 . 03 . 01 DEFINITION
RUNWAYS
WET RUNWAYS
R Depth of water up to and including 3 mm (1/8 in).
SPEEDS
VMCG : Minimum control speed on ground from which a sudden failure of the
critical engine can be controlled by use of primary flight controls only.
The other engine being set at RTO power.
V1 : Speed at which the pilot must make the decision following failure of
critical engine :
. either to continue takeoff
. or to stop the aircraft
VR : Speed at which rotation is initiated to reach V2 at 35 ft height.
V2 : Take off safety speed reached before 35 ft height with one engine failed
R and providing second segment climb gradient not less than the
minimum (2.4%).
VLOF : Lift off speed.
VMCA : Minimum control speed in flight at which aircraft can be controlled with
5o bank, in case of failure of the critical engine the other being set at RTO
power (take off flaps setting and gear retracted).
VFTO : Speed at the end of the take off path in the en route configuration which
R is not less than 1.22 VSR and provides the maneuvering capability
specified by regulations.
DISTANCES
AVAILABLE RUNWAY LENGTH
Length of the paved runway surface, able to accept aircraft weight in all normal
operating conditions.
STOPWAY
Extension of runway, occasionally used for taxiing but adequate for deceleration
of the aircraft in case of aborted takeoff.
CLEARWAY
Clear area at the end of the runway which can be taken into account for takeoff
distance calculation.
AVAILABLE ACCELERATION STOP LENGTH
Sum of the available runway length and the stopway (if any).
TAKE OFF DISTANCE (TOD)
Distance between brakes release and 35 ft height. It has to be equal or less than
the sum of available runway length and allowable clearway (if any).
TAKE OFF RUN (TOR)
Distance between brakes release point and half of the segment between VLOF
and 35 ft height.
It has to be equal to or less than the available runway length.
NOTE : - Refer to AFM section 7.03 for contamined runways speeds and distances
definitions.
- Wind scales are not uniform on corrections curves associated to take off
distances.

ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 2 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA MAR 12
APPROVED

V1 LIMITED BY VMCG (FLAPS 15)


R
CAUTION :INCREASE BY 1.5 KT FOR TAKE--OFF
WITH AIR CONDITIONING ON

ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 3 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA
APPROVED
OCT 08

MINIMUM CONTROL SPEED IN FLIGHT -- VMCA (FLAPS 15)

R ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 4 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA
APPROVED
OCT 08

TAKE OFF FLIGHT PATH IN CASE OF ENGINE FAILURE


(FLAPS 15)

Note : Point zero indicates the 35 ft height point on the flight path.

R ATR42 Model : 500


6 03 DEC 95
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 5 001
AFM TAKEOFF DGAC MAY 98
APPROVED

6 . 03 . 02 PERFORMANCE DETERMINATION

Maximum take off weight is subordinated to the following conditions


at take-off :
. maximum design weight
. first, second and final TO segments limitations
R . approach climb limitation
. runway limitation
. tire speed limitation
. brake energy limitation
. obstacle clearance

single engine cruise


. obstacle clearance

at landing
. approach climb limitation
. runway limitation

The following conditions are never limiting :


. first segment climb gradient
. tire speed
. VMU

The following table defines the meaning of the distances and length taken into
account for take off.
R Performance is related to Tq ISA 30oC
R If T < ISA 30oC, calculate as follows : T = ISA 30oC .

RUNWAY WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS


without clearway without clearway with clearway with clearway
without stopway with stopway without stopway with stopway
length TOR runway length runway length
to be TOD runway length runway length runway length runway length
used + clearway + clearway
to enter ASD runway length runway length runway length runway length
the manual + stopway + stopway

NOTE : 15 ft must be reached on a wet runway at the end of the runway even if
a clearway exists.

ATR42 Model : 400 500


6 03 NOV 95
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 6 001
AFM TAKEOFF DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

6 . 03 . 03 DETERMINATION OF MAXIMUM TAKE OFF WEIGHT FOR A


GIVEN RUNWAY

R Mod : Eng : ATR42 Model : 400 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 7 170
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

6 . 03 . 04 -- PERFORMANCE CHARTS

SECOND SEGMENT
MAXIMUM WEIGHT AT BRAKES RELEASE
TAKE OFF GRADIENT (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O. POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- ANTI/DE ICING OFF-- GEAR UP

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 8 170
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA
APPROVED
OCT 08

FINAL TAKE OFF (FLAPS 0)


EQUIVALENT WEIGHT AT BRAKES RELEASE
ONE ENGINE MAX. CONTINUOUS POWER -- ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED
AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- GEAR UP

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 9 170
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15) DRY RUNWAY


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT R. T. O. POWER AFTER CRITICAL
ENGINE FAILURE -- AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY
SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 +4540 ATR42 Model : 500


6 03 MAY 95
PERFORMANCE DEC 95
PAGE : 9A 001
AFM TAKEOFF DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15) WET RUNWAY

R NON LIMITING

Mod : Eng : ATR42 Model : 400 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 10 170
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

REQUIRED TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)


ALL ENGINES OPERATING
TWO ENGINES AT T/O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 11 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

TAKE OFF RUN CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

(FT) (M) REF REF (M) (FT)


3500 3500

12000 3000 3000 12000

10000 2500 2500 10000

8000 2000 2000 8000

6000 1500 1500 6000

4000 1000 1000 4000

2000 500 500 2000

- 10 0 20 40 -2 -1 0 1 2

TOR TAIL NOSE DOWN UP TOR

V500-- AAG66-- TORWR2D1RSAC


WIND(KT) RUNWAY SLOPE (%)

R ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 12 170
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15) DRY RUNWAY


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O. POWER AFTER CRITICAL
ENGINE FAILURE -- AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- ANTI/DE ICING OFF
NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 12A 170
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15) WET RUNWAY


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O. POWER AFTER CRITICAL
ENGINE FAILURE -- AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- ANTI/DE ICING OFF
NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 13 170
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

REQUIRED TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)


ALL ENGINES OPERATING
TWO ENGINES AT T/O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 14 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

TAKE -- OFF DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

(FT) (M) REF REF (M) (FT)


3500 3500

12000 3000 3000 12000

10000 2500 2500 10000

8000 2000 2000 8000

6000 1500 1500 6000

4000 1000 1000 4000

2000 500 500 2000

- 10 0 20 40 -2 -1 0 1 2

TOD TAIL NOSE DOWN UP TOD

V500-- AAG66-- TODWR2D1RSAC WIND(KT) RUNWAY SLOPE (%)

R ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 15 170
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15) DRY RUNWAY


TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED
AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 15A 170
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15) WET RUNWAY


TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED
AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 16 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15) DRY RUNWAY

R ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 16A 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15) WET RUNWAY

DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER


ACTUAL DISTANCE

R ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 17 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

DECISION SPEED
LIMITED BY MAXIMUM BRAKE ENERGY (FLAPS 15o)

R ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 18 170
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

ROTATION SPEED -- VR (FLAPS 15)


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O. POWER
EFFECT OF AIR BLEED ON VR IS NEGLIGIBLE

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 19 170
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

TAKE OFF SPEED -- V2 (FLAPS 15)


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O. POWER

CAS IAS

12 t 19 t

(KT)

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


6 03 DEC 95
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 20 001
AFM TAKEOFF DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE ON T/O (EXAMPLE) see chart page 22

Initial gradient : 3 % (associated to the weight limited by the runway condition)

Obstacle : 4000 ft at 21 km of the end of the runway. 10 kt nose wind.

NOTE : The obstacle height and distance with respect to reference zero
must be determined. In the flight manual charts reference zero is
the point 35 ft below the end of the TOD and the flight paths shown
include the 35 ft operational clearance. Where the TOD is greater
(less) than the runway length the obstacle distance from end of the
runway must be decreased (increased) by the difference between
TOD and runway length.
1. Place the obstacle (point A). In this example the TOD is initially assumed
equal to runway length.

2. Replace the obstacle according to the wind (point C) drawing a parallel to


the gross height lines.

3. The path intersects the obstacle in B.

4. Determine the gradient allowing the clearance taking into account the
decrease in TOD associated to the decrease in weight.
This gives point D.

5. Follow the path up to the end of the 2nd segment.

6. The point E gives the second segment gradient which determines


maximum weight allowing clearance of the obstacle.

7. To be precise, the takeoff distance corresponding to this new maximum


weight must be calculated.

R 8. Using this distance, replace the obstacle and check that it will be cleared,
if not restart the calculation.

Mod : Eng : ATR42 Model : 400 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 21 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.13 (FLAPS 15)

R ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 22 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (REMOTE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.13 (FLAPS 15)

R ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 23 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.20 (FLAPS 15o)

R ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 24 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (REMOTE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.20 (FLAPS 15o)

R ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 25 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.25 (FLAPS 15o)

R ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 26 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (REMOTE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.25 (FLAPS 15o)

R ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 27 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.30 (FLAPS 15o)

R ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 28 001
AFM TAKE--OFF EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (REMOTE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.30 (FLAPS 15o)

R ATR42 Model : 500


6 03 MAY 95
PERFORMANCE
DEC 95
PAGE : 29 001
AFM TAKEOFF DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

R 6 . 03 . 05 ALTITUDE SPEED BANK ANGLE TURN RADIUS :


RELATIONSHIPS

Mod : Eng : ATR42 Model : 400 500


6 03
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 30 001
AFM TAKEOFF DGAC MAY 95
APPROVED

BANK ANGLE EFFECT ON SINGLE ENGINE CLIMB GRADIENT


(FLAPS 15o)

Mod : Eng : ATR42 Model : 500


6 04
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SINGLE ENGINE CRUISE DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 95

6 . 04 . 01 DEFINITIONS

The En route gradient given in this chapter are established by decreasing the
available gradient at each point with a margin of 1.1 %.

The single engine cruise configuration is flaps 0o.


The speed to be maintained is 1.22 VSR.

The operative engine is set at MCT power.

Air conditioning is ON when aircraft is above 10000 ft.


Air conditioning is OFF when aircraft is below 10000 ft.

Mod : Eng : ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 04
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 2 170
AFM SINGLE ENGINE CRUISE EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

6 . 04 . 02 -- EN ROUTE NET GRADIENT

V / VSR = 1.22 (FLAPS 0)


ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE : MCT POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF BELOW 10000 ft -- ANTI/DE ICING OFF

Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 05
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 1 001
AFM LANDING EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

6 . 05 . 01 -- DEFINITION

VMCL : Minimum flight speed at which aircraft can be controlled with 5o


bank in case of failure of the critical engine, the other being set at
GA power (landing flaps setting, gear extended) and which
provides rolling capability specified by regulations.

FLAPS VMCL (CAS)

35 96.5
25 96
15 98.5

6 . 05 . 02 -- PERFORMANCE DETERMINATION

- Landing climb performance (two engines at GA power, landing flaps setting)


is never limiting.
- The landing distance represents the distance from the 50 ft to complete stop
on a level, smooth, dry and wet, hard surfaced runway.
Antiskid is operative.
Engines are at GI.

- To determine the required runway length for landing, apply national


operational regulations, when relevant.

R ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 05
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 2 170
AFM LANDING EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

Approach speeds

The approach speed is at least 1.23 VSR in the configurations :


-- flaps 25
-- flaps 35
or VMCL, whichever is higher.

The regulations allows to take approach speed up to 1.4 VSR.

The minimum final approach speed is the speed at 50ft height taken into
account for landing distance computation.
It is equal to 1.23 VSR in the landing configuration or VMCL, whichever is
higher.

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 05
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 3 170
AFM LANDING EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT


APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT LIMITING WEIGHT (FLAPS 25)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE : GO AROUND POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- GEAR UP

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 05
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 4 170
AFM LANDING EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

LANDING DISTANCE (FLAPS 35)


INCREASE BY 15 % ON FORESEEN WET RUNWAY

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


6 06 MAY 95
PERFORMANCE DEC 95
PAGE : 1 001
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS DGAC MAY 04
APPROVED

6 . 06 . 01 INTRODUCTION

The following sub sections provide data for flight in atmospheric icing
conditions.

Refer to chapter 3 . 04 for definition of the minimum maneuver/operating icing


speeds.
R
6.06 P2 Minimum maneuver / operating speed in icing conditions

6.06 P3 Take off flight path in case of engine failure.

6.06 P4 Take off Effect on second segment weight

6.06 P5 Final take off equivalent weight at brakes release.

6.06 P6 Take off Effect on take off run.

6.06 P7 Take off Effect on take off distance.

6.06 P8 Take off Effect on accelerate stop distance.

6.06 P9 Research of weight limited by obstacle clearance (close


obstacles).

6.06 P10 Obstacle clearance take off flight path (close obstacles).

6.06 P11 Research of weight limited by obstacle clearance (remote


obstacles).

6.06 P12 Obstacle clearance take off flight path (remote obstacles).

6.06 P13 En route net gradient

6.06 P14 Effect on approach climb gradient weight.

6.06 P15 Effect on landing distance.

ATR42 Model : 400 500


6 -- 06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 2 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS EASA
APPROVED
OCT 08

6 . 06 . 02 -- FLIGHT IN ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS


MINIMUM MANEUVER/OPERATING SPEED

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 3 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

TAKE OFF FLIGHT PATH IN CASE OF ENGINE FAILURE


(FLAPS 15)

Note : Point zero indicates the 35 ft height point on the flight path.

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 model : 500


6 -- 06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 4 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

TAKE OFF
EFFECT ON SECOND SEGMENT WEIGHT
V2 / VSR = 1.21 (FLAPS 15)

Note : Performance decrement applies to the maximum second segment


weight computed in normal conditions with V2 = 1.21 VSR (flaps 15)

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 model : 500


6 -- 06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 5 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

FINAL TAKE-OFF
EQUIVALENT WEIGHT AT BRAKES RELEASE
V / VSR = 1.27 (FLAPS 15)
ONE ENGINE MAX. CONTINUOUS POWER -- ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED
AIR CONDITIONING OFF -- DE ICING ON -- GEAR UP

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 6 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

TAKE OFF
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF RUN
V2 / VSR = 1.21 (FLAPS 15)

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to


-- Take off run length computed in normal conditions with
V2 = 1.21 VSR (flaps 15).
-- OR --
-- required take off run length computed in normal conditions with
V2 = 1.21 VSR (flaps 15) whichever is higher.

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 model : 500


6 -- 06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 7 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

TAKE OFF
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF DISTANCE
V2 / VSR = 1.21 (FLAPS 15)

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to


-- Take off distance length computed in normal conditions with
V2 = 1.21 VSR (flaps 15).
-- OR --
-- required take off distance length computed in normal conditions
with V2 = 1.21 VSR (flaps 15) whichever is higher.

Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 model : 500


6 -- 06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 8 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

TAKE OFF
EFFECT ON ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE
V2 / VSR = 1.21 (FLAPS 15)

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to the acceleration stop distance length


computed in normal conditions with V2 = 1.21 VSR (flaps 15).

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 model : 500


6 06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 8B 001
ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS
AFM DGAC MAY 04
APPROVED

RESEARCH OF WEIGHT LIMITED BY


OBSTACLE CLEARANCE
EXAMPLE SEE PAGE 10

Initial gradient : 3% (associated to the weight limited by the runway condition).

Obstacle : 1800 ft at 17000 m of the end of the runway, 18 kt nose wind.

NOTE

The obstacle height and distance with respect to reference zero must be
determined. In the flight manual charts reference zero is the point 35 ft below
the end of the TOD and the flight paths shown include the 35 ft operational
clearance. Where the TOD is greater (less) than the runway length the obstacle
distance from end of the runway must be decreased (increased) by the
difference between TOD and runway length.

1. Place the obstacle (point A). In this example the TOD is initially assumed
equal to runway length.
2. Replace the obstacle according to the wind (point C) drawing a parallel to
the gross height lines.
3. The path intersects the obstacle in B.
4. Determine the gradient allowing the clearance taking into account the
decrease in TOD associated to the decrease in weight.
This gives point D.
5. Follow the path up to the end of the 2nd segment.
6. The point E gives the second segment gradient allowing to determine
maximum weight allowing the clearance with the obstacle.
7. To be precise, the takeoff distance corresponding to this new maximum
weight must be calculated.
8. According to this distance, replace the obstacle and check that it may be
cleared. If not, start again the calculation.

ATR42 model : 400500


6 -- 06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 9 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (CLOSE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.21 (FLAPS 15)

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 10 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

OBSTACLE CLEARANCE T.O. FLIGHT PATH (REMOTE OBSTACLES)


V2 / VSR = 1.21 (FLAPS 15)

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 11 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

EN ROUTE NET GRADIENT


V/VSR = 1.35 (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE : MAX CONTINUOUS POWER
AIR CONDITIONING : OFF BELOW 10 000 ft -- DE ICING ON.

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


6 -- 06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 12 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

EFFECT ON APPROACH
CLIMB GRADIENT WEIGHT
V / VSR = 1.29 (FLAPS 25)

ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS OR RESIDUAL ICE ON THE AIRCRAFT (ICING AOA LIT)
NORMAL CONDITIONS AND AIRCRAFT FREE OF ICE (ICING AOA OFF)

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to the maximum approach climb


gradient limiting weight computed in normal conditions with
V = 1.29 VSR (flaps 25).

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 model : 500


6 -- 06
PERFORMANCE
PAGE : 13 170
AFM ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

EFFECT ON LANDING DISTANCE


V / VSR = 1.35 (FLAPS 35)

ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS OR RESIDUAL ICE ON THE AIRCRAFT (ICING AOA LIT)
NORMAL CONDITIONS AND AIRCRAFT FREE OF ICE (ICING AOA OFF)

NOTE : Performance decrement applies to the landing distance computed in


normal conditions.

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 00.00
APPENDICES & SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM CONTENTS EASA
APPROVED
MAR 12

7 . 00 . 00 -- CONTENTS
7 . 01 . 00 -- APPENDICES
01 External noise
02 Configuration deviation list
03 CAT II operation
04 TCAS
05 Steep slope approach
06 Cargo / Cargo+Pax configuration
07 High altitude runways (up to 11.000 ft) *
(*) not valid for 42--400
08 ETOPS
09 Operations on narrow runways
10 Runway slope beyond 2%
11 Power plant
12 Take--Off after use of fluids type II or IV
13 Cockpit Door Security System
14 Corporate Lounge
15 Aircraft Performance Monitoring APM
16 SSR Mode S Enhanced Surveillance
17 ACARS Mod 5506
18 High Latitudes Operations
19 Dry Unpaved Runways
7 . 02 . 00 -- SUPPLEMENTS
00 Introduction
01 Dispatch with one ACW generator channel inoperative
02 Dispatch with spoilers control system inoperative
03 Dispatch with flaps retracted
04 Dispatch with one wheel brake deactivated or removed
05 Dispatch with anti skid system inoperative
06 Dispatch with autofeather system inoperative
07 Dispatch with one EEC OFF
08 Dispatch with one AFU inoperative
09 Dispatch with one TQ indicator inoperative
10 Dispatch with ATPCS OFF
11 Dispatch with landing gear down
12 Ferry flight with pitch elevators disconnected
7 . 03 . 00 -- ADVISORY MATERIALS
01 Contaminated runways
- General
- Take off
- Landing
7 . 09 . 00 -- CIS SUPPLEMENT

ATR42 Model : 400 -- 500


7 -- 01.01
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 210
AFM APPENDIX No 01 EASA
APPROVED
DEC 10

EXTERNAL NOISE

NOISE CHARACTERISTICS
R No determination has been made by the EASA that the noise levels of this
aircraft are or should be acceptable or unacceptable for operation at, into or out
of any airport.

NOISE LEVELS
R Noise levels shown here after comply with ICAO annex 16 Chapter 4 noise
requirements and were obtained by analysis of approved data from approved
noise tests.
See section 2.02.01 for identification of the maximum take off and landing
weights applicable to a particular airplane.

NOISE CERTIFICATION PROCEDURES


R Compliance with ICAO annex 16 included the following procedures :

- . An all--engine take--off at flaps 15 configuration with a constant climb speed


greater than V2 + 10 KT but less than V2 + 20 KT was used, with a power
cutback procedure initiated prior to over--flight of the take--off noise
measuring station, with air conditioning system off, mid center of gravity, and
gear retracted.
- . Landing approach at flaps 25 configuration on a --3 degrees glide slope, at a
speed of 1.23 VSR+10 kt, was used with air conditioning system on, forward
center of gravity, and gear extended.

CONFIGURATION
Engines : Pratt & Whitney of Canada Ltd ; PW127E, PW127M,
R or PW127F (if applicable)
Propeller : Hamilton Standard ; HS 568F

R CERTIFICATED NOISE LEVELS


FLYOVER AT TAKE-OFF 76.6 EPNdB
SIDE LINE AT TAKE OFF 80.6 EPNdB
APPROACH 92.4 EPNdB

Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 EASA
APPROVED DEC 10

CONFIGURATION DEVIATION LIST

GENERAL
The configuration deviation list belongs to chapter 2 limitations of this airplane
flight manual. Flight with certain secondary airframe missing parts is possible
as indicated in this list. Any part not included in this list must be considered as
necessary.

R When no time rectification interval is given for operating with missing parts,
repairs or replacements must be done at the first station where they can
reasonably be made, as additional deviations may require the aircraft to be
taken out of revenue service.

The sign ( -- ) in NUMBER INSTALLED or NUMBER REQUIRED FOR


DISPATCH columns indicates that the quantity is variable.

Letter ( m ) against an item indicates that some maintenance action is


necessary to permit flight with these parts missing. Refer to the related section
of the Maintenance Manual for this information.

LIMITATIONS
R Dispatch is not allowed with more than two (2) missing CDL items.
No more than one(1) item per ATA chapter in this appendix may be missing
unless specifically designated combinations are indicated herein.
(Except static dischargers that are not to be accounted for in both limitations).

When missing part introduces additional limitation (s) this limitation is indicated
in REMARKS or CONDITIONS column. This limitation comes in addition to
limitations of chapter 2 of Flight Manual. It must be clearly indicated by a
placard on the captains instrument panel.

PERFORMANCE
Performance penalties are indicated in REMARKS or CONDITIONS column.
Performance penalties are cumulative unless specific penalties for particular
combinations of missing parts are indicated.

These take-off, en route and landing penalties apply to the most limiting
corresponding weight.

ATR42 model : 400 -- 500


7 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED
ATA CHAPTER 1 2 NUMBER INSTALLED

3 NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ITEM 4 REMARKS OR CONDITIONS

23 COMMUNICATIONS

1 Static dischargers 25 17 Provided :


a) each aileron is equipped with at least
4 operative static dischargers, and

b) rudder is equipped with at least 4


operative static dischargers and

c) each elevator is equipped with at


least 2 operative static dischargers

d) tail cone is equipped with at least one


operative static discharger.

R Mod : Eng : ATR42 model : 400 500


7 -- 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 3 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 EASA
APPROVED DEC 10
ATA CHAPTER 1 2 -- NUMBER INSTALLED

3 -- NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ITEM 4 -- REMARKS OR CONDITIONS

27 -- FLIGHT CONTROLS

R 1 -- Flap hinge fairing 8 6 Provided :


a) aircraft is not operated into known or
forecast icing conditions, and
b) only one fairing may be missing per half
wing (left and right), and
c) in case of FWD part of the fairing missing,
it is necessary to remove AFT parts of the
fairing at the same location.

R 2 -- Flap lower surface 8 7


trailing edge
R

ATR42 model : 400 -- 500


7 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 4 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED
ATA CHAPTER 1 2 NUMBER INSTALLED

3 NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ITEM 4 REMARKS OR CONDITIONS

32 LANDING GEAR

1 Main gear door 2 1 Provided aircraft is not operated into


known or forecast icing conditions
Maximum speed : 200 kt

1 bis Main gear 4 2 Provided missing parts are on the


foldable doors same side

2 Nose gear forward door 2 0 Flight with gear down


(refer to 7 . 02 )

3 Nose gear aft door 2 0 Maximum speed : 200 kt

4 Cover wheels 2 0

R Mod : Eng : ATR42 model : 400 500


7 -- 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 5 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 EASA
APPROVED DEC 10

ATA CHAPTER 1 2 -- NUMBER INSTALLED

3 -- NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ITEM 4 -- REMARKS OR CONDITIONS

52 -- DOORS

1 -- Access door to GPU 2 0


connector (DC or ACW)

R 2 -- Access door to refueling 1 0 Pull C/B FUEL/FUELING CTL & IND to prevent
panel the battery from discharging. Push C/B back for
refueling only.

3 -- Access door to hydraulic 1 0


bay

4 -- Access door to water 1 0


service panel

5 -- Access door to toilet 1 0


service panel

R 6 -- Access door to tail cone 1 0 Maximum speed : 200 kt, and provided aircraft is
not operated into forecast or known icing/rain
conditions

R 7 -- Access door refueling 1 0


point

R 8 -- Jacking point covers -- 0

ATR42 model : 400 -- 500


7 - 01.02
APPENDICES
PAGE : 6 001
AFM APPENDIX No 02 EASA
APPROVED MAR 12

ATA CHAPTER 1 2 -- NUMBER INSTALLED

3 -- NUMBER REQUIRED FOR DISPATCH

ITEM 4 -- REMARKS OR CONDITIONS

61 - PROPELLER

1 -- Propeller spinner 2 1 Provided aircraft is not operated into


known or forecast icing conditions

79 - OIL
R 1 -- Engine oil cooler flap 4 3 Provided flap is removed

ATR42 model : 500


7 01.03 Date de rvision
APPENDICES antrieure
PAGE : 1 110
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC MAY 95
MAR 97
APPROVED
DEC 95

CAT II OPERATION
LIMITATIONS
This appendix is intended to provide necessary information to allow the use of
the aircraft in category II.

Limitations, procedures and performance included in the appendix replace or


R complete the corresponding information of the basic Flight Manual.

The automatic flight control system (AFCS) with the associated equipment has
been found to meet the airworthiness and performance criteria of :
- ACJ 25 - 1329 for the autopilot
- Special condition F2 : AP engagement at take off
- JAR AWO subpart 2 for category II

NOTA : Compliance with the standards noted above does not constitute
approval to conduct category II operations.
Such authorization must be obtained by the operator from the
appropriate authorities.

- Minimum height for use of autopilot in approach mode : 80 ft


- Minimum decision height : 100 ft
- Certified configuration : flaps 35
- Maximum demonstrated wind :
Headwind : 15 kt
Tailwind : 10 kt
Crosswind : 15 kt

Mod : 1112 Eng : ATR42 model : 400 500


7 01.03 Date de rvision
APPENDICES antrieure
PAGE : 1 180 JAN 98
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC MAY 98
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION
LIMITATIONS
This appendix is intended to provide necessary information to allow the use of
the aircraft in category II.

Limitations, procedures and performance included in the appendix replace or


complete the corresponding information of the basic Flight Manual.

The automatic flight control system (AFCS) with the associated equipment has
been found to meet the airworthiness and performance criteria of :
- ACJ 25 - 1329 for the autopilot
- Special condition F2 : AP engagement at take off
- JAR AWO subpart 2 for category II

NOTA : Compliance with the standards noted above does not constitute
approval to conduct category II operations.
Such authorization must be obtained by the operator from the
appropriate authorities.

- Minimum height for use of autopilot in approach mode : 80 ft


- Minimum decision height : 100 ft
- Certified configuration : flaps 35
- Maximum demonstrated wind :
Headwind : 30 kt
Tailwind : 13 kt
Crosswind : 25 kt

Mod : 1112 + 4583 ATR42 model : 400 500


7 01.03 Date de rvision
APPENDICES antrieure
PAGE : 2 110
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC DEC 95 MAY 95
APPROVED
NOV 95

NORMAL PROCEDURES

NOTA : Failures have been demonstrated using the procedures described in


this chapter.

A Approved configurations
Approach : AP is approved with use of approach mode for CAT II
precision ILS approaches. The CAT II capability must be displayed on
ADU.
GO around : FD is approved with use of GA mode

B Performance envelope in approach


LOC capture : distance 6 NM Capture angle 90o
GLIDE capture : height 1500 ft
Vc 180 kt at 1500 ft
Approach speed :
When the aircraft is stabilized on GLIDE slope the selected approach
R speed VAPP is 1.23 VSR (landing flaps) + wind correction and not less
than VMCL.

The wind correction is equal to the highest of 1/3 of the reported


headwind or the gust in full, with a maximum correction of 15 kt.

R Mod : 1112 Eng : ATR42 model : 400500


7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 3 100
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA DEC 10
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONTD)


C -- Minimum equipment required to meet CAT II approach criteria.
R
Approach with AP
Autopilot 1
FD bars 1 (PF side)
AP quick disconnect 1 (PF side)
AP OFF warning (light
1
and aural)
ADU 1
ILS receiver 2
AHRS 2
Standby Horizon 1
CRT 3 (2 PF side)
SGU 2
Radio altimeter 1 (with 2 displays)
DH indicator 2
GA pushbutton 1 (PF side)
Windshield wipers 1 (PF side)
Yaw damper 1
2: -- CM2 side must be operative (*)
Airspeed indicators
-- If CM1 is PF, CM1 side must be operative
Altimeters 3
Hydraulic system Blue + Green
DC: BUS1 / BUS2 / EMER / STBY / ESS ;
Electrical system
AC: BUS1 / BUS2 / STBY ; ACW: BUS1 / BUS2
MFC modules 3

(*): The standby airspeed instrument can be easily monitored only from the CM1
position (Captain position).
.. / ..

Mod : 1112
7 01.03 Date de rvision
APPENDICES antrieure
PAGE : 4 110
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC DEC 95 MAY 95
APPROVED
NOV 95

D Approach and landing preparation

Approach preparation
- Select decision height (DH).
- Select ILS frequency and RWY HDG.
- Engage the APP mode :
GS and LOC illuminate white on both EADI and ADU.
CAT II illuminates white on ADU (if this capability available).
- The approach must be planned to capture the localizer prior to glide
slope interception.

NOTA : GLIDE capture is inhibited as long as localizer capture is not


initiated (LOC*).

R - The approach speed (VAPP) is 1.23 VSR (landing flaps) + wind


correction and not less than VMCL.
R - The approach configuration is landing flaps.

Mode phases
LOC* At localizer capture the white LOC extinguishes and the
green LOC* illuminates on both EADI and on ADU.
LOC phase engages when the A/C is stabilized on the LOC
beam axis.
LOC illuminates on both EADI and on ADU.

GS* At glide slope capture the white GS extinguishes and the


green GS* illuminates on both EADI and on ADU.
GS phase engages when the A/C is stabilized on the GLIDE
SLOPE.
Green GS illuminates on both EADI and on ADU.

1200 > ZRA > 800 ft Before 800 ft (radio altimeter), dual coupling
must illuminate on both EADI and on ADU
(arrows) if correct capture conditions are met.

DH + 100 ft A white box illuminates on the left of radio


altimeter value.

DH Amber DH symbol illuminates in the white box.

R Mod : 1112 Eng : ATR42 model : 400500


7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 5 100
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA
DEC 10
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONTD)


E -- Normal approach and landing sequence:
R
- PF (Pilot Flying):
-- Monitors the A/C position, the flight path parameters and the AP
-- Controls the speed
-- Requests checklist, flaps setting and gear extension
-- Selects the modes and announces changes
- PNF (Pilot Non Flying):
-- Is in charge of the radio communications
-- Monitors the flight path, speed, mode changes, systems and engines
-- Reads the checklist
-- Selects flaps setting and gear extension
Outer marker or equivalent position but not lower than 1000 ft AGL
-- PNF announces Outer, altitude checked, stabilized
-- Both pilots check the altitude on the radio altimeter and altimeter
-- PF assesses if the aircraft is stabilized and announces we continue
The aircraft must be stabilized, that is to say:
-- On the final approach segment flight path
-- Landing flaps selected, V APP reached
-- Final checklist completed
800 ft (radio altimeter)
-- PNF announces 800 ft, dual coupling, no star
-- PF checks dual coupling and LOC and G/S modes and announces check
-- PNF starts monitoring LOC and G/S deviation
500 ft (radio altimeter)
-- PNF announces 500
DH + 100 ft
-- PF looks outside for external visual references
-- PNF monitors the flight path
DH
-- PNF announces Decision
If external visual references sufficient
-- PF announces Landing
-- PNF announces 80 (feet) and PF selects AP OFF (no lower than 80
feet)
-- PNF announces 50 (feet) and 20 (feet)
-- PF performs the landing
If external visual references insufficient
-- PF announces Go around, set power, flaps one notch and
performs a Go around :
.. / ..

Mod : 1112
7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 6 100
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA
DEC 10
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONTD)

R E -- Normal approach and landing sequence (Contd):


NOTA :Any failure thats not completely treated before 800 ft AGL, or that
occurs below 800 ft AGL, shall always lead to a missed approach.

NOTA :A call out (indicating that a flight parameter is exceeded) must be done if:
-- Speed becomes lower than V APP --5 kt or greater than V APP +10 kt (V APP is
the selected approach speed)
-- Pitch attitude becomes lower than 4_ nose down or greater than 4_ nose up or
bank angle becomes greater than 10_.
-- Excessive LOC or G/S deviation occurs.

F -- GO around sequence
-- PF announces Go--around, set power, flaps one notch, presses the Go
around pushbutton, advances PL to the ramp and follows the FD bars.
-- PNF retracts flaps one notch, adjusts the power and monitors engine
parameters.
As soon as rate of climb is positive:
-- PNF announces positive climb.
-- PF asks for gear retraction.
-- PNF retracts the gear.

EMERGENCY PROCEDURE
NO CHANGE

Mod : 1112
7 01.03 Date de rvision
APPENDICES antrieure
PAGE : 7 110
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC MAY 95
DEC 95
APPROVED

PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE


DEMONSTRATED ALTITUDE LOSS WITH
AP SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
Maximum path deviation with take over occuring 1 second after failure
recognition : 28 ft.
DEVIATION PROFILE CAT II

R Mod : 1112 Eng : ATR42 model : 400 500


7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 8 100
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA
DEC 10
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONTD)


FAILURES AND ASSOCIATED ACTIONS DURING APPROACH

R Any failure that is not completely treated before 800 ft AGL, or that occurs
R below 800 ft AGL, shall always lead to a missed approach.

Nota 1 : ENGINE FAILURE

Provided lateral trimming is properly achieved before 800 ft, single


engine approach may be performed with autopilot engaged, but must
be restricted to CAT I.

Nota 2 : AFCS failure and trajectory deviation

In case of CAT II INVALID, excess deviations or AFCS failure, go


around must be performed with STBY HORIZON : initial missed
approach attitude : 10o.

.. / ..

Mod : 1112
7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 9 110
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA
APPROVED MAR 12

FAILURES AND ASSOCIATED ACTIONS DURING A CAT II APPROACH

A/C SYSTEMS

Warnings Actions at the time of failure detection Complementary


> 800 ft < 800 ft actions

Flap failure, Revert to Not


jammed between 0 Cat I minima applicable
and 25 positions

Flap failure, Continue Multiply landing


jammed above 25 Increase VAPP distance flaps 35o
position (flaps 35) by 1.13
by 10 kt

Engine failure Revert to Cat I Discontinue


minima the approach

Hydraulic failure Transfer


(without fluid loss) No capability loss

First MFC Apply associated Discontinue


module failure procedure the approach
continue the
approach

Second MFC Apply associated Discontinue


module failure procedure the approach
Revert to
CAT 1 minima

R Mod : 1112 or 5948 ATR42 model : 400 -- 500


7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 10 100
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA
DEC 10
APPROVED

CAT II OPERATION (CONTD)


FAILURES AND ASSOCIATED ACTIONS DURING A CAT II APPROACH

FLIGHT INSTRUMENTS

Actions at the time of failure detec-


Complementary
Warnings tion
> 800 ft < 800 ft actions

Standby horizon Revert to Cat I


flag minima

Radio altimeter
Revert to Cat I Discontinue
warning
minima the approach
R on PNF EFIS

Switch to valid AHRS


ATT / PIT / ROLL First action before
Reengage AP
warning on any switching AHRS is
Revert to Cat I
EFIS to refer to standby
minima
horizon to determine
Switch to valid AHRS the wrong AHRS
HDG warning
Revert to CAT I
on any EFIS minima

LOC / GS / ILS / Revert to


warning on any EFIS Cat I minima

Switch affected
Loss of one CRT
CRT OFF

Switch to valid SGU.


Loss of both
Revert to Cat I
CRT on one side minima

R
R Loss of : Revert to Cat I
--CM2 airspeed indicator minima
--or CM1 airspeed
indicator if CM1 is PF
Revert to Cat I
Loss of any altimeter
minima

.. / ..

Mod : 1112
7 01.03 Date de rvision
APPENDICES antrieure
PAGE : 11 110
AFM APPENDIX No 03 DGAC MAY 95
DEC 95
APPROVED

FAILURES AND ASSOCIATED ACTIONS


DURING A CAT II APPROACH

AFCS and ADU

Warnings Actions at the time of failure detection Complementary


Z RA : 800 ft 500 ft action

AP disengage Try to recover


If impossible
revert discontinue
to Cat I the approach
FD approach

LOC or G/S Not applicable discontinue


excess deviation the approach

Loss of ADU Perform a Cat I discontinue


minima manual the approach
approach

Loss of Cat II Try to recover


capability If impossible discontinue
(Triple click) revert to the approach
Cat I minima

R Mod : 1112 Eng : ATR42 model : 400 500


7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 12 170
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA MAR 12
APPROVED

NORMAL CONDITIONS
LANDING CAT II
APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT
APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT (FLAPS 25)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE : GO AROUND POWER
AIR CONDITIONING ON -- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- GEAR UP -- V = 1.17 VSR

R Mod : (1112 or 5948)+ 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 01.03
APPENDICES
PAGE : 13 170
AFM APPENDIX No 03 EASA MAR 12
APPROVED

ICING CONDITIONS
LANDING CAT II
APPROACH CLIMB GRADIENT
APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT (FLAPS 25)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE : GO AROUND POWER
AIR CONDITIONING ON -- DE ICING ON -- GEAR UP -- V = 1.29 VSR

ATMOSPHERIC ICING CONDITIONS OR RESIDUAL ICE ON THE AIRCRAFT (ICING AOA LIT)
NORMAL CONDITIONS AND AIRCRAFT FREE OF ICE (ICING AOA OFF)

R Mod : (1112 or 5948 ) + 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 01.04
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 050
AFM APPENDIX No 04 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

R 7 . 01 . 04 -- TCAS (when installed)

1 -- GENERAL
The general Information in Section 1 are applicable.

2 -- LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 are applicable with the addition of the following :
1. TCAS operation is approved for use in VFR meteorological conditions
(VMC) and IFR meteorological conditions (IMC)
2. The pilot must not initiate evasive maneuvers using information from the
traffic display only or from a traffic advisory (TCAS) only.
These displays and advisory are intended only for assistance in visually
locating the traffic and lack the resolution necessary for use in evasive
maneuvering.
3. Compliance with TCAS resolution advisory is required unless the pilot
considers it unsafe to do so.
However maneuvers which are in the opposite direction of the
resolution advisory (TCAS) are extremely hazardous and are
prohibited unless it is visually determinated they are the only means to
assure safe separation.

CAUTION :Once a non crossing RA has been issued the vertical speed
should be accurately adjusted to comply with the RA, in
order to avoid negating the effectiveness of a co--ordinated
maneuvre by the intruder.
WARNING : Non compliance with a crossing RA by one airplane may
result in reduced vertical separation. Therefore, safe
horizontal separation must also be assured by visual
means.

4. Evasive maneuvring should be made with the autopilot disengaged, and


limited to the minimum required to comply with the RA. The pilot must
promptly return to the previous ATC clearance when the TCAS CLEAR
OF CONFLICT voice message is announced.

5. Prior to perform RAs climb or increase climb, the crew should select the
appropriate engine power setting on the power MGT rotary selector
and, if necessary, manually adjust CLs.
6. When a climb or increase climb RA occurs with the airplane in the landing
configuration or in the go--around phase, a normal procedure of
go--around should be followed including the appropriate power
increase and configuration changes.

R ATR42 model : 400--500


7 -- 01.04
APPENDICES
PAGE : 2 050
AFM APPENDIX No 04 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

R 7.01.04 -- TCAS (contd) (when installed)


7. Because of the limited number of inputs to TCAS for determination of aircraft
performance inhibits, there are instances where inhibiting RAs would be
appropriate, however it is not possible to do so. In these cases, TCAS may
command maneuvers which may significantly reduce stall margins or result in
stall warning. Conditions where this may occur include operations with a bank
angle (wings level is assumed), weight altitude and temperature combinations
outside those noted below, leaving aircraft in landing configuration during
climb RA on approach, engine out operations, and abnormal configurations
such as landing gear not retracted or stick pusher/shaker failure.

The table below entitled Flight envelope in which climb resolution advisory
can be accomplished without stick pusher/shaker activation outlines the
parameters used in the development of the performance inhibits. This table
does not consider worst turboprop flight conditions especially operation using
minimum operation airspeeds as are sometimes required (e.g. obstacle
clearance, ATC constraints). In all cases, stall warning must be given
precedence over climb RA commands.

NOTE :TCAS is viewed as a supplement to the pilot who, with the aid of the ATC
system, has the primary responsibility for avoiding mid--air collisions.

WARNING : Priority must be granted to increasing airspeed when reaching


stall warning even when this requires deviation from an RA
command issued by the TCAS.

R ATR42 model : 400--500


7 -- 01.04
APPENDICES
PAGE : 3 050
AFM APPENDIX No 04 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

R 7.01.04 -- TCAS (contd) (when installed)

FLIGHT ENVELOPE IN WHICH CLIMB RESOLUTION ADVISORY CAN


BE ACHIEVED WITHOUT STICK PUSHER / SHAKER ACTIVATION

FLIGHT WEIGHT
REGIME ALTITUDE POWER FLAPS GEAR
TEMP INITIAL MIN.

Take off FAR25/JAR25 Take off 15 / 25 Up V2 + 20 1.13 Vsr


Climb limit

Approach FAR25/JAR25 Spin up to go


Climb limit around power 15 / 25 Up 1.51 Vsr 1.13 Vsr
during maneuver
from power for level
flight

Landing FAR25/JAR25 Spin up to go Transi- Dn


Transitioning Climb limit around power tion to Vapp + 10 1.13 Vsr
to go around during maneuver from Up
at RA from power required 35 to 25
for 30 Glide Slope

Critical Higher of
Wt / Alt giving Power for level Long 1.13 Vsr
En route 1.3 G to Buffet flight Up Up Range if Defined
onset increased to Max Cruise or buffet
Continuous onset

Temperature range up to ISA + 270

Altitude range -- En route 0 25 000 ft


-- Take off 0 6 000 ft
-- Approach and landing 0 7 000 ft

* Wings level assumed

R ATR42 model : 400--500


7 -- 01.04
APPENDICES
PAGE : 4 050
AFM APPENDIX No 04 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

R 7.01.04 -- TCAS (contd) (when installed)

8. Inhibition schemes
8.1 NON ICING CONDITIONS

CONFIGURATION RA CLIMB RA INCREASE CLIMB


FLAPS 0 AUTHORIZED AUTHORIZED
FLAPS 15 TO AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 25 TO AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 15 Approach AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 25 Approach AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 25 Landing AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 35 Landing AUTHORIZED INHIBITED

8.2 ICING CONDITIONS

CONFIGURATION RA CLIMB RA INCREASE CLIMB


FLAPS 0 AUTHORIZED AUTHORIZED
FLAPS 15 TO AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 25 TO AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 15 Approach AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 25 Approach AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 25 Landing AUTHORIZED INHIBITED
FLAPS 35 Landing AUTHORIZED INHIBITED

NOTE : Pilots are authorized to deviate from their current ATC


clearance to the extent necessary to comply with a TCAS
resolution advisory.
NOTE 2 : Maneuvers based solely on information displayed on the traffic
display are not authorized.

R ATR42 model : 400--500


7 -- 01.04
APPENDICES
PAGE : 5 100
AFM APPENDIX No 04 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

R 7.01.04 -- TCAS (contd) (when installed)


3 -- NORMAL PROCEDURES
The normal procedures in Section 3 are applicable.
4 -- EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures in Section 4 are applicable.
5 -- PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES
The procedures following failures are applicable with the addition of
the following :

5.1 The TCAS must be turned TA ONLY in the following cases


Engine out operations
Stik pusher/shaker failure
Flight with landing gear down

5.2 The TCAS must be turned STBY in the following cases


ATC request
Errors or differences between independant air data sources.

6 -- PERFORMANCES
The performances in Section 6 are applicable.

R Mod : 5205 ATR42 model : 400--500


7 01.05 Date de rvision
APPENDICES antrieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM APPENDIX No 05 DGAC DEC 95
APPROVED

STEEP SLOPE APPROACH

NOT APPLICABLE

R Mod : Eng : ATR42 model : 400 500


7 -- 01.05
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 110
AFM APPENDIX No 05 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

STEEP SLOPE APPROACH (4.5_)


APPLICABILITY
The capability reflected by this supplement does not constitute approval to
conduct steep approach operation. Such authorization must be obtained by the
operator from the appropriate authorities.
LIMITATIONS
D All engines operating
- Max approach slope 6o
- Minimum decision height 250 ft
D One engine operating
- Max approach slope 5o5
- Minimum decision height 500 ft
D Steep slope approach is prohibited in case of :
- Flaps 35 not locked
- Pitch disconnect
- Elevator Jamming
- Pitch trim inoperative
- Aileron Jamming
- Spoiler Jamming
- Rudder Jamming
- Airframe de--icing fault in case of ice accretion
D Maximum tail wind : 5 kt
NORMAL PROCEDURES
D ILS interception technique :
Establish IAS 180 kt and flaps 15 setting before reaching one dot below glide
slope.
D Final approach :
Set CL 100% OVRD
Press in STEEP APP pushbutton
D The 6o approach slope does not require exceptional skill. However the flare
must be initiated earlier and may require large elevator deflection.
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
No change
PERFORMANCE
No change

R Mod : 4404 or 5262 or 5357 ATR42 model : 400/500


7 -- 01.06
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 06 EASA
APPROVED DEC 09

CARGO / CARGO+PAX CONFIGURATION

NOT APPLICABLE

ATR42 model : 400 -- 500


7 -- 01.06
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 100
AFM APPENDIX No 06 EASA DEC 09
APPROVED

CARGO / CARGO+PAX CONFIGURATION

Limitations : No change

Normal procedures : Refer to 3.06

Emergency procedures : Refer to 4.03 for FWD and AFT SMK

Procedures following failure : No change

Mod : 4273 ATR42 model : 400 -- 500


7 -- 01.07
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 07 EASA
APPROVED MAR 12

HIGH ALTITUDE RUNWAYS (UP TO 11.000 ft)

NOT APPLICABLE

ATR42 model : 400 -- 500


7 01.08 Date de rvision
APPENDICES antrieure
PAGE : 1 001
NOV 96
AFM APPENDIX No 08 DGAC MAR 97
APPROVED

ETOPS OPERATIONS

NOT APPLICABLE

Mod : Eng : ATR42 model : 400 500


7 -- 01.08
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 110
AFM APPENDIX No 08 EASA DEC 10
APPROVED

ETOPS OPERATIONS

1 -- GENERAL
APPLICABILITY
This supplement applies to airplanes operated according to the provisions
of the DGAC CRI ATR42--500 ETOPS relative to eligibility and capability
for ETOPS flights.
STATEMENT OF CAPABILITY
The type design reliability and performance of this airframe/engine
combination has been evaluated in accordance with JAA information
leaflet No 20 chapter 8, 9 and the appendix 1 as notified in the DGAC CRI
R ATR42--500 ETOPS : refer to the approved aeroplane configuration CMP
standard. This finding does not constitute approval to conduct extended
range operations.
2 -- LIMITATIONS
The limitations of section 2 of this Flight Manual must be completed by the
following :
Maximum diversion time may not exceed 120 minutes at one engine
cruising speed.
3 -- FLIGHT MANUAL SUPPLEMENT EXCLUSION
Dispatch with one AFU inoperative is not permitted in conjunction with this
supplement.
4 -- PROCEDURES
The procedures of sections 3 and 4 of this Flight Manual remain applicable.
A special attention should be paid to the fuel unbalance (refer to chapter
2.04.05).
5 -- PERFORMANCE
- Refer to chapter 6.04 (normal conditions) and 6.06 (icing conditions) of
this manual to determine the en route net gradient at the drift down speed.
- Refer to pages 2 and 3 of this supplement to determine the en route net
gradient at 200 kt IAS.

Mod : 4711 ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 01.08
APPENDICES
PAGE : 2 110
AFM APPENDIX No 08 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

DESCENT 1 ENGINE WITHOUT OBSTACLE


NET GRADIENT -- 200 KT IAS (FLAPS 0)
NORMAL CONDITIONS
AIR CONDITIONING OFF below 10000 ft

R Mod : 4711 ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 01.08
APPENDICES
PAGE : 3 110
AFM APPENDIX No 08 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

DESCENT 1 ENGINE WITHOUT OBSTACLE


NET GRADIENT -- 200 KT IAS (FLAPS 0)
ICING CONDITIONS
DE ICING ON -- AIR CONDITIONING OFF below 10000 ft

R Mod : 4711 ATR42 Model : 500


7 01.09 Date de rvision
APPENDICES antrieure
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 09 DGAC
JAN 97
MAR 97
APPROVED

OPERATIONS ON NARROW RUNWAYS

NOT APPLICABLE

Mod : Eng : ATR42 model : 400 500


7 -- 01.09
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 110
AFM APPENDIX No 09 EASA DEC 09
APPROVED

OPERATIONS ON NARROW RUNWAYS

1 -- GENERAL

APPLICABILITY
This supplement applies to airplanes operated according to the provisions
of the DGAC Condition Spciale B11 relative to operations on narrow
runways (width < 30 m (98 ft) ).
Compliance with the Condition spciale noted above does not constitute
approval to conduct narrow runways operations. Such authorization must
be obtained by the operator from the appropriate authorities.

2 -- LIMITATIONS
The limitations of section 2 of this Flight Manual must be completed by the
following :
- Minimum runway width : 14 m (46 ft).
- Maximum crosswind for take off and landing :
R Braking Action TO LDG Maximum Crosswind
14m < Width < 30m
GOOD 1 1 25 kt
GOOD/MEDIUM 2 2 20 kt
MEDIUM 3--6 5/6 16 kt
MEDIUM/POOR 4 5 13 kt
POOR 7 7 10 kt

Runway status: 1: dry runway, 2:wet up to 3mm depth, 3 (TO only): slush or
water from 3 to 6mm depth, 4 (TO only):slush or water from 6 to 12.7mm depth,
5: slush or water from 3 to 12.7mm depth, 6: compact snow, 7: ice

- The following equipments are required :


-- both ACW generators
-- both main and DC auxiliary hydraulic pumps
-- MFC modules 1B and 2B
-- Nose wheel steering
NOTE : Refer to MMEL (ATA 61) in case of PEC inoperative.

.../...

Mod : 4718 ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 01.09
APPENDICES
PAGE : 2 110
AFM APPENDIX No 09 EASA DEC 09
APPROVED

OPERATIONS ON NARROW RUNWAYS (contd)

3 -- NORMAL PROCEDURES
The procedures of section 3 of this Flight Manual remain applicable.
In addition :
-- take--off must be performed with BLEEDS OFF
-- whoever is the PF (CM1 or CM2) :
at take--off, CM1 should keep his hand on nose wheel steering until 90
kt
At landing, CM1 should be ready to use nose wheel steering as soon as
the nose wheel is on the ground.

4 -- EMERGENCY PROCEDURES and PROCEDURES FOLLOWING


FAILURES
The procedures of sections 4 and 5 of this Flight Manual remain applicable.

5 -- PERFORMANCE
Correct the V1 limited by VMCG value (see graph in 6.03) by adding :

Runway width V1 limited by VMCG increase


25.5 m (83 ft) to 30 m (98 ft) 0 kt
23.5 m (77 ft) to 25.5 m (83 ft) 1 kt
21.5 m (70 ft) to 23.5 m (77 ft) 2 kt
20 m (65 ft) to 21.5 m (70 ft) 3 kt
18.5 m (60 ft) to 20 m (65 ft) 4 kt
17 m (55 ft) to 18.5 m (60 ft) 5 kt
15.5 m (50 ft) to 17 m (55 ft) 6 kt
14 m (46 ft) to 15.5 m (50 ft) 8 kt

Mod : 4718 ATR42 model : 500


7 01.10 Date de rvision
APPENDICES antrieure
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 10 DGAC MAY 98
APPROVED

7 . 01 . 10 RUNWAY SLOPE BEYOND 2%

NOT APPLICABLE

ATR42 model : 500


7 01.10 Date de rvision
APPENDICES antrieure
PAGE : 1 110 OCT 98
AFM APPENDIX No 10 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

7 . 01 . 10 RUNWAY SLOPE BEYOND 2%


INTRODUCTION
APPLICABILITY
R This supplement does not constitute approval to conduct operations beyond 2%
runway slope.
An individual clearance for each airfield must be obtained from the local authority
by the operator.
TAKE OFF
Beyond 2% runway slope take off must be downhill only.
Determine the take off data for a runway slope of 2% using the section 6 of this
flight manual.
Apply corrections on TOR, TOD, ASD, VR and V1 limited by brake energy for the
appropriate runway slope between 2% and 4.5% using graphs of this section
(pages 3 to 7).
LANDING
Performance data from section 6 of this manual are applicable without correction
for landing uphill.
For landing downhill, with runway slope between 2% and 4.5 %, use landing
distance corrections given page 8.These corrections have been determined for a
relative glide slope angle of three degrees.
To determine the required runway length apply national operational regulations.
OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS
ENVIRONMENTAL ENVELOPE

NOTE :Refer to 2.04.05 for fuel temperature limitation.

Mod : 4971 ATR42 model : 500


7 01.10 Date de rvision
APPENDICES antrieure
PAGE : 2 110 OCT 98
AFM APPENDIX No 10 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

7 . 01 . 10 RUNWAY SLOPE BEYOND 2% (contd)


TAKE OFF
- Tail wind limit : 10 kt
- Maximum mean runway slope : + 2%
4.5%
LANDING
- Tail wind limit, downhill : 10 kt up to 2% runway slope, and 5 kt between 2%
and 4.5 %
uphill : 10 kt
- Maximum mean runway slope : 4.5%
+ 4.5%

Mod : 4971 ATR42 model : 500


7 01.10 Date de rvision
APPENDICES antrieure
PAGE : 3 110
OCT 98
AFM APPENDIX No 10 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

TAKE OFF RUN CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

3000 3000

2500 2500 10000


10000

2000 2000 8000


8000

1500 1500 6000


6000

1000 1000 4000


4000

500 500 2000


2000

0 0 0 0
4 3 2

DOWN RUNWAY SLOPE(%)

Mod : 4971 ATR42 model : 500


7 01.10 Date de rvision
APPENDICES antrieure
PAGE : 4 110 OCT 98
AFM APPENDIX No 10 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

TAKE OFF DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

3000 3000

10000 2500 2500 10000

8000 2000 2000 8000

6000 1500 1500 6000

4000 1000 1000 4000

2000 500 500 2000

0 0 0 0
4 3 2

DOWN RUNWAY SLOPE(%)

Mod : 4971 ATR42 model : 500


7 01.10 Date de rvision
APPENDICES antrieure
PAGE : 5 110 OCT 98
AFM APPENDIX No 10 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

3000 3000

10000 2500 2500

10000

8000 2000 2000

8000

6000 1500 1500


6000

4000
4000 1000 1000

2000

2000 500 500

0 0 0 0
4 3 2

DOWN RUNWAY SLOPE(%)

Mod : 4971 ATR42 model : 500


7 01.10 Date de rvision
APPENDICES antrieure
PAGE : 6 110 OCT 98
AFM APPENDIX No 10 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

ROTATION SPEED (VR) (FLAPS 15)

140 140

130 130

120 120

110 110

100 100

90 90

80 80
4 3 2

DOWN RUNWAY SLOPE(%)

Mod : 4971 ATR42 model : 500


7 01.10 Date de rvision
APPENDICES antrieure
PAGE : 7 110 OCT 98
AFM APPENDIX No 10 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

DECISION SPEED LIMITED BY MAXIMUM BRAKE ENERGY (FLAPS 15)

180 180

170 170

160 160

150 150

140 140

130 130

120 120

110 110

100 100

90 90
4 3 2
DOWN RUNWAY SLOPE(%)

Mod : 4971 ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 01.10
APPENDICES
PAGE : 8 110
AFM APPENDIX No 10 EASA MAR 12
APPROVED

LANDING DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 35)

(METERS)
(METERS)
(FT)

(FT)
1400 1400

1300 1300

1200 1200

1100 1100

1000 1000

4750 4750
900 900

4250 4250
800 800

3750 3750
700 700

3250 3250
600 600

2750 2750
500 500

2250 2250
400 400
--4 --3 --2 --1 0
1750 DOWN 1750
RUNWAY SLOPE(%)

1250 1250

R NOTE :Not applicable for runway slope between 0 and --2%

Mod : 4971 ATR42 model : 500


7 01.11 Date de rvision
APPENDICES antrieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM APPENDIX No 11 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

POWER PLANT

NOT APPLICABLE

ATR42 model : 400 500


7 -- 01.11
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 050
AFM APPENDIX No 11 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

POWER PLANT

R A PW127F engine may be installed instead of a 127E in pursuance of the


R PW Service Bulletin n 21589 or 21667.
R A PW127M engine may also be installed instead of a 127E.

R All sections of this flight manual apply without any change.

Mod : 8232 or 5906 ATR42 model : 500


7 01.12
APPENDICES MAY 00
PAGE : 1 001 OCT 00
AFM APPENDIX No 12 DGAC MAY 01
APPROVED
MAY 02
SEP 01

TAKE OFF AFTER USE OF FLUIDS TYPE II OR IV

This appendix applies only to aircraft de/anti iced before take off, using fluids
type II or type IV.

These types of fluids may lead to an increase in control forces necessary to


rotate, and then to a modification of take off performances.

Therefore this Flight Manual must be modified as follows :


R

COMPLIANCE METHOD 1
See 7.01.12 page 1A001

COMPLIANCE METHOD 2
See 7.01.12 page 1B001

NOTE :Compliance Method 2 requires dedicated crew training

ATR42 model : 400 500


7 01.12 SEP 01
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1A 001
AFM APPENDIX No 12 DGAC MAY 02
APPROVED

TAKE OFF AFTER USE OF FLUIDS TYPE II OR IV

COMPLIANCE METHOD 1
1. GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 are applicable.

2. LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 are applicable.

3. NORMAL PROCEDURES
The normal procedures in Section 3 are applicable.

4. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures in Section 4 are applicable.

5. PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES


The procedures following failures in Section 5 are applicable.

6. PERFORMANCES
The performances in Section 6 for dry runways and in Section 7.03 for non dry
runways (advisory materials) are applicable with the addition of the following
for take off computations :
Determine VR for the lowest available V2
Assume V1 = VR
Increase TOR, TOD, ASD by 20 %

7. APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS


Data contained in Section 7 are available with the addition of the following :
For the dispatch cases :
Apply take off penalties due to the system failure,
Then apply take off penalties due to the use of fluids type II or IV.

Dispatch is not authorized in the following cases :


Ferry flight with pitch elevators disconnected
Take off with flaps retracted.

ATR42 model : 400 500


7 01.12 SEP 01
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1B 001
AFM APPENDIX No 12 DGAC MAY 02
APPROVED

TAKE OFF AFTER USE OF FLUIDS TYPE II OR IV

COMPLIANCE METHOD 2
CREW TRAINING REQUIRED
1. GENERAL
The general information in Section 1 are applicable.

2. LIMITATIONS
The limitations in Section 2 are applicable.

3. NORMAL PROCEDURES
The normal procedures in Section 3 are applicable with the addition of the
following :
The Captain must be the pilot flying and the pretake off briefing must include
the following take off procedure (point 5).

4. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
The emergency procedures in Section 4 are applicable.

5. PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES


The procedures following failures in Section 5 are applicable with the addition
of the following :
TAKE OFF SEQUENCE
In case of difficulties to rotate, the Captain should require the non flying pilot
assistance.
In that case, on CPT order, PNF pulls the control column until 5_ pitch attitude
is reached, then PNF releases the controls.

6. PERFORMANCES
The performances in Section 6 for dry runways and in section 7.03 for non dry
runways (advisory materials) are applicable with the addition of the following :
Increase the TOD by 80m.

7. APPENDICES AND SUPPLEMENTS


Data contained in Section 7 are available with the addition of the following :
For the dispatch cases :
Apply take off penalties due to the system failure,
Then apply the take off penalty due to the use of fluids type II or IV.
Dispatch is not authorized in the following cases :
Pitch elevators disconnected, even for ferry flight
Take off with flaps retracted.

ATR42 model : 400 500


7 01.13
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 13 DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 03

COCKPIT DOOR SECURITY SYSTEM


NOT APPLICABLE

ATR42 model : 400 500


7 01.13
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 100
AFM APPENDIX N_ 13 DGAC MAY 03
APPROVED

COCKPIT DOOR SECURITY SYSTEM


LIMITATIONS
Cockpit door must be checked closed and locked before taxi.
Perform daily the functional test of the cockpit door locking system :
See this appendix Normal Procedure part.

NORMAL PROCEDURES
Daily Check
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
In the cargo compartment, on the DOOR CALL PANEL
- EMER PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PUSH
- Check OPEN LIGHT flashes
In the cockpit :
- Check buzzer
- Check OPEN LIGHT flashes
H If correct :
In the cockpit :
- TOGGLE SW on COCKPIT DOOR CONTROL PANEL . . . . . . DENY
- Check buzzer stops
- Check OPEN LIGHT extinguishes
In the cargo compartment, on the DOOR CALL PANEL
- Check OPEN LIGHT extinguishes and DENIED LIGHT illuminates
H If correct :
- TOGGLE SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OPEN
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
- FUNCTIONAL CHECK OF THE MANUAL LOCK BOLTS
Before Taxi
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Before leaving the aircraft
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

.. / ..

Mod : 5377 + 5434 ATR42 model : 400 500


7 01.13
APPENDICES
PAGE : 2 200
AFM APPENDIX N_ 13 EASA MAY 05
APPROVED

COCKPIT DOOR SECURITY SYSTEM


(Contd)

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
Electrical Power Lost
- Move the manual lock bolts to CLOSE position
- Note : when the door is locked with the manual bolts, the emergency
access to the cockpit is unavailable. It is recommended that at least
two crew members remain in the cockpit during that time.
Cockpit Door Jammed
D When cockpit exit required
- COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
- Disconnect PLUG on top of the door
- Remove the safety pins from the door
- Push and remove corresponding door panel

PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURES


Cockpit Door Control Panel FAULT LIGHT illuminates
- Move the manual lock bolts to CLOSE position
- Note : when the door is locked with the manual bolts, the emergency
access to the cockpit is unavailable. It is recommended that at least
two crew members remain in the cockpit during that time.
DC ESS BUS Lost
- Apply Cockpit Door Control Panel FAULT LIGHT illuminates procedure
- Note : Cockpit Door Control Panel FAULT LIGHT is inoperative.

PERFORMANCE NO CHANGE

Mod : 5465 ATR42 model : 400 500


7 01.14
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 14 DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 03

CORPORATE LOUNGE
NOT APPLICABLE

ATR42 model : 400 500


7 -- 01.15 OCT 05
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 15 EASA
APPROVED OCT 06

Aircraft Performance Monitoring -- APM


This Appendix is applicable only for aircraft fitted with mod 5567.

LIMITATIONS
Installation of APM does not induce any specific limitations.

NORMAL PROCEDURES
Final Cockpit Preparation
- APM WEIGHT ROTARY SELECTOR . . . SELECT MINIMUM WEIGHT
- APM WEIGHT ROTARY SELECTOR . . . SELECT TAKE OFF WEIGHT
Daily Check
- Press the PTT PB and check dedicated lights, master caution illumination
and single chime
In Flight, Climb, Cruise and Descent
- APM LIGHTS and CAUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
DCRUISE SPEED LOW light illuminated
Appears in cruise only, to inform the crew that an abnormal drag
increase induces a speed decrease of more than 10 kt compared
with the expected speed
- ICING CONDITIONS and SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR

.. / ..

ATR42 model : 400 -- 500


7 -- 01.15 OCT 05
APPENDICES
PAGE : 2 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 15 EASA
APPROVED OCT 06

Aircraft Performance Monitoring -- APM (Contd)


This Appendix is applicable only for aircraft fitted with mod 5567.
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES AND PROCEDURES FOLLOWING FAILURE

" APM FAULT light illuminated


- APM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF

" DEGRADED PERF light illuminated with CAUTION and SINGLE CHIME
Mainly appears in level flight after CRUISE SPEED LOW or in climb to inform
the crew that an abnormal drag increase induces a speed decrease or a loss
of rate of climb.
The most probable cause is an abnormal ice accretion :
- AIRFRAME DE--ICING ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHECK
- IAS > RED BUG + 10 KT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR
- AP (if engaged) . FIRMLY HOLD CONTROL WHEEL and DISENGAGE
JIf SEVERE ICING conditions confirmed (unexpected decrease in
speed or rate of climb, visual cues)
or
JIf impossibility to maintain IAS > RED BUG + 10 kt in level flight
or
JIf abnormal aircraft handling feeling
- SEVERE ICING procedure (4--05) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY
JIf not
- SCHEDULED FLIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONTINUE
- ICING CONDITIONS and SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR

" INCREASE SPEED light illuminated flashing with CAUTION and


SINGLE CHIME
Appears after DEGRADED PERF to inform the crew that the drag is
abnormally high and IAS is lower than RED BUG + 10 KT.
JIf abnormal conditions confirmed
- IMMEDIATELY PUSH THE STICK TO INCREASE SPEED
TO RECOVER MINIMUM IAS = RED BUG + 10 KT
- SEVERE ICING procedure (4--05) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPLY

ATR42 model : 400 -- 500


7 -- 01.16
APPENDICES OCT 05
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 16 EASA
APPROVED OCT 06

SSR Mode S Enhanced Surveillance


This Appendix is applicable only for aircraft fitted with
R mod 5570 (GNSS) or mod 8431 (KLN90B).

LIMITATIONS
The installed Mode S system satisfies the data requirements of ICAO Doc
7030/4, Regional Supplementary Procedures for SSR Mode S Enhanced
Surveillance in designated European airspace. The capability to transmit data
parameters is shown in column 2 :

Parameter Available/Not available

Magnetic Heading Available


Indicated Airspeed
Mach No Available
Vertical Rate Available
Roll Angle Available
True Air Speed Available
True Track Angle Available only on aircraft fitted
R wih GNSS or GPS KLN90B
Groundspeed Available only on aircraft fitted
R wih GNSS or GPS KLN90B
Selected Altitude Available
Barometric Pressure Setting Available

To be inserted in the flight manual and record sheet amended accordingly

ATR42 model : 400 -- 500


7 -- 01.17 NOV 05
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX N_ 17 EASA OCT 06
APPROVED

ACARS
Mod 5506 not installed.

ATR42 model : 400 -- 500


7 -- 01.18
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 18 EASA OCT 07
APPROVED

HIGH LATITUDES OPERATIONS

CONDITIONS
Anomalous heading errors may occur on aircraft equipped with the Honeywell
AH--600 AHRS during high latitude operations, where the earths magnetic lines of
force have inclinations of greater than 75 degrees.

PROCEDURES
- Take special care to keep the slip indicator centered in order to minimize heading
errors.
- Crosscheck AHRS heading information with that of standby compass.

ATR42 model : 400 -- 500


7 -- 01.19
APPENDICES
PAGE : 1 001
AFM APPENDIX No 19 EASA OCT 07
APPROVED

UNPAVED RUNWAYS

NOT APPLICABLE

ATR42 model : 400 -- 500


7 02.00 Date de rvision
SUPPLEMENTS antrieure
PAGE : 1 001
AFM INTRODUCTION DGAC
APPROVED
MAY 00

INTRODUCTION

Following sections cover AFM amendments associated with MMEL dispatch.

No combination of the hereafter considered cases is allowed for dispatch :

01 Dispatch with one ACW generator channel inoperative


02 Dispatch with spoilers control system inoperative
03 Dispatch with flaps retracted
04 Dispatch with one wheel brake deactivated or removed
05 Dispatch with anti skid system inoperative
06 Dispatch with autofeather system inoperative
07 Dispatch with one EEC OFF
08 Dispatch with one AFU inoperative
09 Dispatch with one TQ indicator inoperative
10 Dispatch with ATPCS OFF
11 Dispatch with landing gear down
12 Ferry flight with pitch elevators disconnected

ATR42 model : 400 500


7 02.01 Date de rvision
SUPPLEMENTS antrieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 01 DGAC MAR 97 DEC 95
APPROVED
FEB 96

APR 96
DISPATCH WITH ONE ACW GENERATOR CHANNEL
INOPERATIVE

R - Perform a take off with flaps 15


- If accelerate stop has to be performed, EMER BRAKING has to be used.
- Check EMER BRAKING effect on ASD
- Check GEAR DOWN effect on 2nd segment climb and approach climb
- Check GEAR DOWN effect on final take off climb
- Check single engine ceiling by using a weight penalty
- Avoid icing conditions
- Taxi on both engines

Mod : Eng : ATR42 model : 400 500


7 -- 02.01
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 01 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

EMERGENCY BRAKING
EFFECT ON ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE

R ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 02.01
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 01 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

EFFECT OF GEAR DOWN ON 2nd SEGMENT CLIMB


AND APPROACH CLIMB

22 22

LB)

LB)
KG)

KG)
(1000 48 48

(1000
(1000

(1000
21 21
46 46

44 20 20 44

42 19 19 42

40 40
18 18

38 38

17 17

36 36

16 16

34 34

15 15

32 32

14 14

30 30
DOWN

13 13
UP

28 28
GEAR

GEAR

12 12

R ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 02.01
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 01 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

EFFECT OF GEAR DOWN ON FINAL TAKE OFF CLIMB AND


WEIGHT PENALTY ON SINGLE ENGINE CEILING COMPUTATION

24 24

LB)

KG)

KG)

LB)
52 52

(1000

(1000
(1000

(1000
23 23

50 50

22 22
48 48

21 21
46 46

44 20 20 44

42 19 19 42

40 40
18 18

38 38
17 17

36 36

16 16

34 34

15 15

32 32

14 14

30 30
DOWN

13 13
UP

28 28
GEAR

GEAR

12 12

R ATR42 model : 500


7 02.02 Date de rvision
SUPPLEMENTS antrieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 02 DGAC DEC 95
MAR 97
APPROVED
FEB 96
APR 96
DISPATCH WITH SPOILERS CONTROL SYSTEM
INOPERATIVE

R Perform a take off with flaps 15


Increase VMCA by 3 kt
Increase VMCL by 6 kt with flaps 35
Increase VMCL by 3 kt with flaps 25
Maximum crosswind on dry runway : 20 kt
Take off with fuel unbalance must be avoided

Mod : Eng : ATR42 model : 400 500


7 02.03 Date de rvision
SUPPLEMENTS antrieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 03 DGAC DEC 95
MAY 99
APPROVED
FEB 96
MAR 97
DISPATCH WITH FLAPS RETRACTED MAY 98

- Authorized only if aircraft is not operated into known or forecast icing


conditions.

- Determine for V2=1.2VSR (Chapter 603 Flaps 15):


- 2nd segment climb requirement
- V1, VR (assume V1 = VR), V2 (CAS flaps 15)
- TOR, TOD and ASD with V1/VR = 1
- V1, VR and V2 IAS flaps 0 are obtained by adding 12 kt to the previously
determined CAS values.
- Check V1 limited by brake energy (Chapter 6 flaps 15)
- Check effect on 2nd segment (page 2)
- Check effect on TOR, TOD and ASD (pages 3 to 5)

- Inhibit config warning by depressing WARNING pb when applying power on


the brakes. (note CAP lt will not extinguish)

- Determine climb gradient and approach climb gradient limiting weight with
V=1.23VSR Flaps 25
- Landing speed : 1.23VSR Flaps 0
R - Landing distance: multiply landing distance flaps 35 by 1.35

Pitch trim setting for flaps 0 take off :


CG% 15 20 25 30 36

TRIM 2.1 1.6 1 0.3 0.5


UP UP UP UP DOWN

ATR42 model : 400/500


7 -- 02.03
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 03 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

TAKE OFF WITH FLAPS RETRACTED


SECOND SEGMENT CORRECTIONS
V = 1.18 VSR FLAPS 0

R ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 02.03
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 03 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

TAKE OFF WITH FLAPS RETRACTED


TAKE OFF RUN CORRECTIONS
V = 1.18 VSR FLAPS 0

R ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 02.03
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 03 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

TAKE OFF WITH FLAPS RETRACTED


TAKE OFF DISTANCE CORRECTIONS
V = 1.18 VSR FLAPS 0

ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 02.03
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 5 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 03 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

TAKE OFF WITH FLAPS RETRACTED


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS
V = 1.18 VSR FLAPS 0

ATR42 model : 500


7 02.04 Date de rvision
SUPPLEMENTS antrieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 04 DGAC DEC 95
MAY 03
APPROVED
FEB 96
APR 96
DISPATCH WITH ONE WHEEL BRAKE DEACTIVATED MAR 97
OR REMOVED

R LIMITATIONS

Not allowed for operation from/to contaminated runway


PROCEDURES

No change
PERFORMANCE

TAKE OFF

Perform a take off with flaps 15


Multiply ASD BY 1.1
Check V1 < 0.8 of V1 max brake energy
LANDING

Multiply LDG DIST by 1.1 (valid for all configurations)

ATR42 model : 400 500


7 02.05 Date de rvision
SUPPLEMENTS antrieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 05 DGAC DEC 95
MAY 03
APPROVED

FEB 96

DISPATCH WITH ANTI SKID SYSTEM INOPERATIVE APR 96


MAR 97

R LIMITATIONS

Not allowed for operation from/to contaminated runway


PROCEDURES

No change
PERFORMANCE

TAKE OFF

Perform a take off with flaps 15


Check ANTI SKID OFF effect on ASD (page 2)
LANDING

Multiply LDG DIST by 1.4 (valid for all configurations)

... / ...

ATR42 model : 400500


7 -- 02.05
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 05 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ANTI SKID SYSTEM INOPERATIVE (CONTD)

ANTI SKID OFF EFFECT ON ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE

ASD ACTUAL
ASD

ATR42 model : 500


7 02.06 MAY 95
SUPPLEMENTS DEC 95
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 06 DGAC MAY 01
FEB 96
APPROVED APR 96
MAR 97
OCT 00
DISPATCH WITH AUTOFEATHER SYSTEM INOPERATIVE

Uptrim and AFU are considered operative. If not, refer to the connected
R
procedure.

Perform a take off with flaps 15


Increase V1 limited by VMCG by 5 kt
Increase VR by 2 kt
Increase VMCA by 3 kt, check VR, V2
Increase VMCL by 3 kt
Check effect on TOR, TOD, 2nd segment climb

NOTE :In case of engine failure after V1, do not reduce PL below 45o of PLA
before feathering.

ATR42 model : 400 500


7 -- 02.06
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 06 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

AUTOFEATHER INOPERATIVE
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF RUN

ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 02.06
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 06 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

AUTOFEATHER INOPERATIVE
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF DISTANCE

ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 02.06
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 06 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

AUTOFEATHER INOPERATIVE
EFFECT ON 2nd SEGMENT

R ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 02.07
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 07 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE EEC OFF


CAUTION :Set MAN IGN to ON during the flight if the following cases are
encountered :
-- Icing conditions
-- Engine(s) flame out
-- Emer descent
-- Severe turbulence
-- Heavy rain
-- ON GROUND :
For taxi and prolonged ground operations near idle feather the
affected engine to avoid prolonged use within prohibited range.
Keep operative EEC selected ON for taxi
NOTE :If taxi is supposed to be performed with significant tailwind component,
affected engine will be started up at the end of taxi prior to take off.
-- TAKE OFF :
Take off must be performed with BLEED VALVES OFF and ATPCS
OFF. Flaps must be set to 15
In case of atmospheric or ground icing conditions
MAN IGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Increase V1 limited by VMCG by 5 kt.
Increase VR by 3 kt
Increase VMCA by 3 kt. Check VR and V2
Check EEC OFF and ATPCS OFF effect on performances
Engine with operative EEC must be set to RTO power by pushing PL
up to the ramp.
Engine with inoperative EEC must be set to RTO power ( 2 %) by
adjusting PL
Release the brakes when both torques reach 40 %
NOTE :If acceleration stop has to be performed, EMER BRAKE must be used
and a one second stop must be observed at FI before setting PLs below.
-- CLIMB SEQUENCE :
Reduce both torques by 10 % average
PWR MGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLIMB
BLEED VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Set both PLs as to reach ENGINE TQ (automatic bug)
NOTE :In case of engine failure after V1 :
-- do not reduce PL below 45o of PLA before feathering
-- readjust RTO power upon reaching acceleration height.
-- APPROACH : Increase VMCL by 3 kt
-- FINAL APPROACH
CL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 OVRD

R ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 02.07
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 07 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

ONE EEC OFF


EFFECT ON TAKE OFF RUN

R ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 02.07
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 07 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

ONE EEC OFF


EFFECT ON TAKE OFF DISTANCE

R ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 02.07
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 07 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

ONE EEC OFF


EFFECT ON ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE

R ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 02.07
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 5 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 07 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

ONE EEC OFF


EFFECT ON 2nd SEGMENT

R ATR42 model : 500


7 02.08
SUPPLEMENTS MAY 95
PAGE : 1 001 DEC 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 08 DGAC MAY 01 FEB 96
APPROVED
MAR 97
OCT 00
DISPATCH WITH ONE AFU INOPERATIVE

R CAUTION : A maintenance procedure is required. Refer to MMEL 177 page 1


R item 001.

Apply dispatch with ATPCS OFF procedure (supplement no10)

ATR42 model : 400 500


7 -- 02.09
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 1 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 EASA
DEC 10
APPROVED

DISPATCH WITH ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE


J If only the FDAU bug is inoperative
Consider FDAU bug value on operative side.
R J If TQ needle indication is inoperative:
ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Then, refer to Supplement 7.02.08: Dispatch with AFU inoperative.
J If TQ digital counter is inoperative :
J If associated EEC FAULT light is not illuminated : no penalties.
J If associated EEC FAULT light is illuminated, then refer to Supplement
07 : Dispatch with EEC inoperative.
J If both pointer and counter are inoperative on one side :

ATPCS and both EEC must be operative


Take off
Check effect on performances (pages 2 to 5)
Increase VR by 1 kt
Use minimum fuel flow tables (pages 6 to 11)
CAUTION: Note RTO and MCT min fuel flow to be applied in case of engine
flame out at take off.
EEC 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
ATPCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
BLEED 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
PL 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN THE NOTCH
Before 50 kt check and adjust fuel flow if the inoperative side indication is
lower than anticipated by take off min fuel flow table.
Observe ITT limitation.
Climb / Cruise
BLEED 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Check engine fuel flow on inoperative side and maintain it within 5 %
band of opposite engine one.

Go around
PL 1+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP TO THE RAMP
Check and adjust fuel flow if the inoperative side indication is lower than
anticipated by go around min fuel flow table.
Observe ITT limitation.
... / ...
7 02.09 Date de rvision
SUPPLEMENTS antrieure
PAGE : 2 001 MAY 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE


R EFFECT ON TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)

ATR42 model : 400 500


7 02.09 Date de rvision
SUPPLEMENTS antrieure
PAGE : 3 001 MAY 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE


R EFFECT ON TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)

ATR42 model : 400 500


7 02.09 Date de rvision
SUPPLEMENTS antrieure
PAGE : 4 001 MAY 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE


R ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

ATR42 model : 400 500


7 02.09 Date de rvision
SUPPLEMENTS antrieure
PAGE : 5 001 MAY 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE


R EFFECT ON SECOND SEGMENT WEIGHT (FLAPS 15)

NOTE :This graph is also valid for Final Take off, single engine ceiling and
approach climb weights.

ATR42 model : 400 500


7 02.09 Date de rvision
SUPPLEMENTS antrieure
PAGE : 6 001
MAY 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

TAKE OFF MIN. FUEL FLOW (KG/H) VC = 50. KT


PROPELLER SPEED 100.0
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
SAT (C)
1000. 0. 1000. 2000. 3000. 4000. 5000. 6000. 7000. 8000. 8500.

40. 456. 453. 449. 444. 440. 436. 433. 430. 427. 425. 425.
30. 464. 460. 455. 451. 447. 443. 439. 435. 434. 432. 431.
20. 465. 465. 461. 457. 453. 449. 445. 442. 440. 437. 437.
16. 472. 467. 463. 459. 455. 451. 448. 445. 442. 440. 439.
14. 473. 468. 464. 460. 456. 452. 449. 446. 443. 441. 440.
12. 474. 469. 465. 461. 457. 453. 450. 447. 444. 442. 441.
10. 475. 470. 466. 462. 458. 455. 451. 448. 446. 443. 442.
8. 476. 471. 467. 463. 459. 456. 452. 449. 447. 444. 443.
6. 477. 472. 468. 464. 460. 457. 453. 450. 448. 445. 444.
4. 477. 473. 469. 465. 462. 458. 454. 451. 449. 447. 445.
2. 478. 474. 470. 466. 463. 459. 455. 452. 450. 448. 447.
0. 479. 475. 471. 467. 464. 460. 457. 453. 451. 449. 448.
2. 480. 476. 472. 468. 465. 461. 458. 454. 452. 450. 449.
4. 481. 477. 473. 469. 466. 462. 459. 455. 453. 451. 450.
6. 482. 478. 474. 470. 467. 463. 460. 456. 454. 452. 451.
8. 483. 479. 475. 471. 468. 464. 461. 457. 455. 453. 452.
10. 484. 480. 476. 472. 469. 465. 462. 459. 456. 454. 451.
12. 485. 481. 477. 473. 469. 466. 463. 460. 457. 455. 448.
14. 486. 481. 478. 474. 470. 467. 464. 461. 458. 452. 443.
16. 487. 482. 479. 475. 471. 468. 465. 462. 459. 447. 439.
18. 487. 483. 479. 476. 472. 469. 466. 463. 460. 442. 434.
20. 488. 484. 480. 477. 473. 470. 467. 464. 454. 437. 428.
22. 489. 485. 481. 477. 474. 471. 468. 465. 449. 431. 423.
24. 490. 486. 482. 478. 475. 472. 468. 460. 443. 426. 417.
26. 491. 487. 483. 479. 476. 473. 469. 454. 437. 420. 412.
28. 492. 487. 484. 480. 477. 473. 466. 448. 431. 414. 406.
30. 492. 488. 484. 481. 477. 474. 460. 443. 426. 409. 401.
32. 493. 489. 485. 482. 478. 472. 454. 437. 420. 404. 396.
34. 494. 490. 486. 482. 479. 466. 448. 431. 414. 398. 390.
36. 495. 491. 487. 483. 477. 459. 442. 425. 408. 393. 385.
38. 495. 491. 487. 484. 470. 453. 435. 419. 403. 387. 379.
40. 496. 492. 488. 482. 464. 446. 429. 413. 397.
42. 497. 493. 489. 475. 457. 440. 423. 407.
44. 498. 494. 486. 468. 451. 434. 417.
46. 498. 494. 479. 461. 444. 427.
48. 499. 490. 472. 454. 437.
50. 500. 483. 465. 448.
52. 494. 475. 458.
54. 486. 468.
55. 482. 464.

ATR42 model : 500


7 02.09 Date de rvision
SUPPLEMENTS antrieure
PAGE : 7 001 MAY 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

RESERVE TAKE OFF MIN. FUEL FLOW (KG/H) VC = 50. KT


PROPELLER SPEED 100.0
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
SAT (C)
1000. 0. 1000. 2000. 3000. 4000. 5000. 6000. 7000. 8000. 8500.

40. 492. 487. 483. 479. 476. 473. 471. 469. 467. 467. 467.
30. 499. 494. 490. 486. 483. 480. 477. 475. 474. 473. 473.
20. 505. 501. 497. 492. 489. 486. 484. 482. 481. 480. 480.
16. 508. 503. 499. 495. 492. 489. 486. 485. 483. 482. 482.
14. 509. 505. 500. 496. 493. 490. 488. 486. 485. 483. 483.
12. 510. 506. 502. 498. 494. 492. 489. 487. 486. 485. 485.
10. 511. 507. 503. 499. 496. 493. 490. 488. 487. 486. 486.
8. 512. 508. 504. 500. 497. 494. 491. 490. 488. 487. 487.
6. 514. 509. 505. 501. 498. 495. 493. 491. 489. 488. 488.
4. 515. 511. 507. 503. 499. 496. 494. 492. 491. 490. 489.
2. 516. 512. 508. 504. 500. 498. 495. 493. 492. 491. 490.
0. 517. 513. 509. 505. 501. 499. 496. 494. 493. 492. 492.
2. 518. 514. 510. 506. 503. 500. 498. 495. 494. 493. 493.
4. 519. 515. 511. 507. 504. 501. 499. 496. 495. 494. 494.
6. 520. 516. 512. 509. 505. 502. 500. 498. 496. 495. 495.
8. 521. 517. 513. 510. 506. 503. 501. 499. 497. 497. 496.
10. 522. 518. 515. 511. 507. 504. 502. 500. 499. 498. 496.
12. 523. 519. 516. 512. 508. 505. 503. 501. 500. 499. 491.
14. 524. 520. 517. 513. 510. 507. 504. 502. 501. 495. 486.
16. 525. 521. 518. 514. 511. 508. 505. 503. 502. 490. 480.
18. 526. 522. 519. 515. 512. 509. 506. 504. 503. 484. 474.
20. 527. 523. 520. 516. 513. 510. 507. 506. 496. 477. 467.
22. 528. 524. 521. 517. 514. 511. 509. 507. 489. 470. 461.
24. 529. 525. 522. 518. 515. 512. 510. 502. 482. 464. 454.
26. 530. 526. 523. 519. 516. 513. 511. 494. 475. 457. 448.
28. 531. 527. 524. 520. 517. 514. 507. 487. 468. 450. 441.
30. 532. 528. 525. 521. 518. 515. 500. 481. 462. 444. 436.
32. 533. 529. 526. 522. 519. 513. 493. 474. 456. 438. 430.
34. 534. 530. 527. 523. 520. 506. 486. 468. 450. 432. 424.
36. 535. 531. 527. 524. 518. 498. 479. 461. 443. 426. 418.
38. 535. 532. 528. 525. 511. 491. 473. 455. 437. 420. 412.
40. 536. 533. 529. 523. 503. 484. 466. 448. 431.
42. 537. 534. 530. 515. 496. 477. 459. 441.
44. 538. 534. 527. 507. 488. 470. 452.
46. 539. 535. 519. 500. 481. 463.
48. 540. 530. 511. 492. 473.
50. 540. 522. 503. 484.
52. 533. 513. 494.
54. 524. 505.
55. 520. 501.

ATR42 model : 500


7 02.09 Date de rvision
SUPPLEMENTS antrieure
PAGE : 8 001 MAY 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

GO AROUND MIN. FUEL FLOW (KG/H) VC = 100. KT


PROPELLER SPEED 100.0
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
TAT (C)
1000. 0. 1000. 2000. 3000. 4000. 5000. 6000. 7000. 8000. 8500.

40. 492. 487. 483. 479. 475 471. 468. 465. 463. 462. 462.
30. 499. 494. 490. 485. 482. 478. 475. 472. 470. 469. 468.
20. 506. 501. 497. 492. 488. 485. 481. 479. 477. 475. 475.
16. 508. 504. 499. 495. 491. 488. 484. 481. 479. 477. 477.
14. 509. 505. 500. 496. 492. 489. 485. 483. 481. 479. 478.
12. 511. 506. 502. 497. 494. 490. 487. 484. 482. 480. 479.
10. 512. 507. 503. 499. 495. 491. 488. 485. 483. 481. 481.
8. 513. 508. 504. 500. 496. 493. 489. 486. 484. 483. 482.
6. 514. 510. 505. 501. 497. 494. 491. 487. 486. 484. 483.
4. 515. 511. 507. 502. 498. 495. 492. 489. 487. 485. 484.
2. 516. 512. 508. 504. 500. 496. 493. 490. 488. 486. 485.
0. 517. 513. 509. 505. 501. 497. 494. 491. 489. 487. 487.
2. 518. 514. 510. 506. 502. 499. 496. 492. 490. 489. 488.
4. 519. 515. 511. 507. 503. 500. 497. 494. 491. 490. 489.
6. 520. 516. 512. 508. 504. 501. 498. 495. 493. 491. 490.
8. 522. 517. 513. 509. 506. 502. 499. 496. 494. 492. 491.
10. 523. 518. 514. 510. 507. 503. 500. 497. 495. 493. 492.
12. 524. 519. 515. 512. 508. 504. 501. 498. 496. 494. 488.
14. 525. 521. 517. 513. 509. 505. 502. 500. 497. 492. 483.
16. 526. 522. 518. 514. 510. 506. 503. 501. 498. 487. 477.
18. 527. 523. 519. 515. 511. 508. 505. 502. 499. 481. 472.
20. 527. 523. 520. 516. 512. 509. 506. 503. 495. 475. 466.
22. 528. 524. 521. 517. 513. 510. 507. 504. 488. 469. 460.
24. 529. 525. 522. 518. 514. 511. 508. 501. 482. 463. 453.
26. 530. 526. 523. 519. 515. 512. 509. 494. 475. 456. 447.
28. 531. 527. 524. 520. 516. 513. 507. 487. 468. 450. 441.
30. 532. 528. 524. 521. 517. 514. 500. 481. 462. 444. 435.
32. 533. 529. 525. 522. 518. 513. 493. 474. 456. 438. 430.
34. 534. 530. 526. 523. 519. 506. 487. 468. 450. 432. 424.
36. 535. 531. 527. 524. 519. 499. 480. 461. 444. 426. 418.
38. 536. 532. 528. 525. 511. 492. 473. 455. 437. 420. 412.
40. 536. 533. 529. 524. 504. 485. 466. 448. 431. 414. 406.
42. 537. 534. 530. 516. 497. 478. 459. 442. 425.
44. 538. 534. 528. 509. 489. 471. 453. 435.
46. 539. 535. 520. 501. 482. 463. 446.
48. 540. 532. 512. 493. 474. 456.
50. 540. 524. 504. 485. 467.
52. 535. 515. 496. 477.
54. 526. 507. 488.
55. 522. 502.

ATR42 model : 500


7 02.09 Date de rvision
SUPPLEMENTS antrieure
PAGE : 9 001 MAY 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

MAX CONTINUOUS MIN. FUEL FLOW (KG/H) VC = 120. KT


PROPELLER SPEED 100.0
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
TAT
(C)
0. 2000. 4000. 6000. 8000. 10000. 12000. 14000. 16000. 18000. 20000. 22000. 24000. 25000.

56. 474. 464. 456. 450. 448. 448. 449. 449. 450. 422. 387. 354. 324. 310.
52. 477. 467. 459. 453. 450. 451. 451. 452. 452. 424. 389. 356. 326. 312.
48. 480. 471. 462. 456. 453. 453. 454. 454. 455. 418. 384. 352. 322. 308.
44. 483. 474. 465. 459. 456. 456. 456. 457. 449. 413. 380. 348. 319. 305.
40. 486. 477. 468. 462. 458. 458. 459. 459. 442. 407. 375. 344. 315. 302.

36. 489. 479. 471. 465. 461. 461. 461. 462. 436. 401. 370. 340. 311. 298.
32. 492. 482. 474. 468. 464. 463. 464. 464. 431. 396. 365. 336. 308. 295.
28. 494. 485. 477. 470. 466. 465. 466. 460. 424. 390. 360. 331. 304. 291.
24. 497. 488. 480. 473. 469. 468. 468. 452. 417. 384. 354. 326. 299. 286.
20. 500. 491. 482. 476. 471. 470. 471. 445. 410. 377. 349. 321. 294. 282.

16. 502. 493. 485. 478. 474. 472. 473. 438. 404. 372. 344. 317. 291. 278.
12. 504. 496. 488. 480. 476. 475. 468. 432. 398. 367. 339. 312. 287. 275.
8. 507. 498. 490. 483. 479. 477. 462. 426. 392. 362. 334. 308. 283. 271.
4. 509. 501. 493. 486. 481. 479. 454. 419. 386. 356. 329. 303. 278. 267.
0. 511. 503. 495. 488. 484. 482. 446. 411. 379. 350. 323. 298. 274. 262.

4. 514. 505. 498. 491. 486. 474. 438. 404. 373. 344. 318. 293. 270. 258.
8. 516. 508. 500. 493. 488. 463. 428. 395. 365. 337. 311. 287. 264. 253.
12. 518. 510. 502. 495. 491. 455. 420. 388. 358. 331. 306. 282. 259.
16. 520. 512. 504. 498. 483. 447. 414. 382. 353. 326. 302.
20. 522. 514. 507. 500. 475. 440. 407. 376. 347. 321.

24. 524. 516. 509. 501. 465. 430. 398. 368. 340.
28. 525. 518. 511. 487. 452. 418. 387. 358.
32. 527. 520. 508. 473. 439. 406. 376.
36. 529. 522. 494. 459. 426. 395.
40. 531. 519. 483. 450. 417.

44. 532. 508. 473. 440.


48. 533. 497. 462.
52. 520. 485.
56. 508.
60.

ATR42 model : 500


7 02.09 Date de rvision
SUPPLEMENTS antrieure
PAGE : 10 001 MAY 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

MAX CONTINUOUS MIN. FUEL FLOW (KG/H) VC = 140. KT


PROPELLER SPEED 100.0
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
TAT
(C)
0. 2000. 4000. 6000. 8000. 10000. 12000. 14000. 16000. 18000. 20000. 22000. 24000. 25000.

56. 472. 462. 454. 447. 443. 444. 443. 441. 438. 417. 388. 362. 336. 324.
52. 475. 466. 457. 450. 446. 446. 446. 444. 440. 419. 390. 364. 338. 326.
48. 479. 469. 460. 453. 449. 449. 448. 447. 443. 415. 386. 360. 334. 322.
44. 482. 472. 463. 456. 452. 451. 451. 449. 446. 410. 382. 355. 330. 317.
40. 484. 475. 466. 459. 454. 454. 453. 452. 441. 406. 377. 351. 325. 313.

36. 487. 478. 469. 462. 457. 456. 456. 454. 436. 401. 373. 346. 320. 308.
32. 490. 481. 472. 465. 459. 458. 458. 457. 431. 397. 369. 342. 316. 304.
28. 493. 484. 475. 468. 462. 461. 461. 460. 425. 392. 363. 337. 311. 299.
24. 495. 486. 478. 470. 465. 463. 463. 454. 418. 385. 358. 331. 306. 294.
20. 498. 489. 481. 473. 467. 465. 466. 447. 412. 380. 352. 325. 300. 288.

16. 500. 492. 483. 476. 470. 468. 468. 441. 407. 375. 347. 321. 295. 283.
12. 503. 494. 486. 478. 473. 470. 470. 435. 401. 370. 342. 316. 291. 279.
8. 505. 496. 488. 481. 475. 473. 465. 429. 396. 365. 337. 311. 286. 274.
4. 508. 499. 491. 484. 478. 475. 457. 422 389. 359. 332. 306. 281. 270.
0. 510. 501. 493. 486. 480. 477. 449. 415. 383. 353. 326. 301. 276. 265.

4. 512. 503. 496. 489. 483. 477. 441. 408. 377. 347. 321. 296. 272. 261.
8. 514. 506. 498. 491. 485. 466. 431. 399. 368. 340. 314. 290. 266. 255.
12. 516. 508. 500. 493. 488. 458. 424. 392. 362. 334. 309. 285. 262. 251.
16. 518. 510. 502. 496. 486. 451. 418. 386. 357. 329. 304. 280.
20. 520. 512. 505. 498. 478. 444. 411. 380. 351. 324. 299.

24. 522. 514. 507. 500. 468. 434. 402. 372. 344. 317.
28. 524. 516. 509. 490. 455. 422. 391. 362. 334.
32. 525. 518. 511. 476. 442. 410. 380.
36. 527. 520. 497. 462. 429. 398.
40. 529. 521. 486. 452. 420.

44. 530. 510. 475. 442.


48. 532. 499. 465.
52. 523. 487.
56. 511.
60.

ATR42 model : 500


7 02.09 Date de rvision
SUPPLEMENTS antrieure
PAGE : 11 001 MAY 98
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 09 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

R ONE TQ INDICATOR INOPERATIVE

MAX CONTINUOUS MIN. FUEL FLOW (KG/H) VC = 160. KT


PROPELLER SPEED 100.0
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
TAT
(C)
0. 2000. 4000. 6000. 8000. 10000. 12000. 14000. 16000. 18000. 20000. 22000. 24000. 25000.

56. 471. 461. 452. 445. 440. 439. 437. 438. 439. 437. 409. 381. 353. 340.
52. 474. 465. 456. 448. 443. 441. 440. 440. 442. 440. 411. 383. 355. 342.
48. 477. 468. 459. 451. 446. 444. 443. 443. 445. 434. 406. 378. 350. 337.
44. 480. 471. 462. 454. 449. 447. 445. 446. 447. 429. 400. 372. 345. 332.
40. 483. 474. 465. 458. 451. 449. 448. 448. 450. 423. 394. 367. 340. 327.

36. 486. 477. 468. 460. 454. 452. 451. 451. 448. 417. 389. 361. 334. 322.
32. 489. 479. 471. 463. 457. 454. 453. 453. 443. 411. 383. 356. 329. 317.
28. 491. 482. 474. 466. 460. 457. 456. 456. 436. 405. 377. 350. 323. 311.
24. 494. 485. 477. 469. 463. 459. 458. 458. 429. 397. 370. 343. 317. 304.
20. 496. 488. 480. 472. 465. 462. 460. 455. 421. 390. 363. 336. 310. 298.

16. 499. 490. 482. 474. 468. 464. 463. 449. 415. 384. 357. 330. 305. 293.
12. 501. 493. 485. 477. 471. 467. 465. 442. 409. 378. 351. 325. 299. 287.
8. 504. 495. 487. 480. 473. 469. 468. 436. 403. 372. 344. 319. 294. 282.
4. 506. 497. 490. 482. 476. 471. 463. 428. 396. 365. 338. 313. 288. 277.
0. 508. 500. 492. 485. 478. 473. 456. 421. 389. 359. 332. 307. 283. 272.

4. 510. 502. 495. 487. 481. 475. 448. 414. 382. 352. 326. 301. 278. 267.
8. 512. 504. 497. 490. 483. 472. 437. 404. 373. 345. 319. 295. 272. 261.
12. 514. 506. 499. 492. 485. 464. 429. 397. 367. 339. 314. 290. 268. 257.
16. 516. 508. 501. 494. 488. 456. 422. 391. 361. 334. 309. 286.
20. 518. 510. 503. 497. 485. 449. 416. 385. 356. 329. 304.

24. 520. 512. 505. 499. 475. 440. 407. 377. 348. 322.
28. 522. 514. 508. 496. 462. 428. 396. 367. 339.
32. 523. 516. 509. 482. 449. 416. 385. 356.
36. 525. 518. 502. 468. 436. 404. 374.
40. 527. 519. 492. 458. 426. 395.

44. 528. 515. 481. 448. 417.


48. 530. 503. 470.
52. 527. 491.
56. 515.
60.

ATR42 model : 500


7 02.10 Date de rvision
SUPPLEMENTS antrieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 10 DGAC DEC 95
MAY 01
APPROVED
FEB 96
APR 96
DISPATCH WITH ATPCS OFF MAR 97
OCT 00
R AFU is considered operative. If not, refer to the connected procedure.

- Perform a take off with flaps 15


- Select ATPCS OFF and BLEED VALVES OFF
- Increase V1 limited by VMCG by 5 kt
- Increase VR by 2 kt
- Increase VMCA by 3 kt. Check VR and V2
- Increase VMCL by 3 kt
- Check ATPCS inoperative effect on TOR, TOD and 2nd segment
- Apply RTO power by pushing both PLs up to the ramp
- After take off set both PLs into the notches, then apply CLIMB SEQUENCE
- BLEED VALVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON

NOTE :In case of engine failure after V1 do not reduce PL below 45o of PLA
before feathering

ATR42 model : 400 500


7 -- 02.10
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 10 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

ATPCS OFF
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF RUN

R ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 02.10
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 10 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

ATPCS OFF
EFFECT ON TAKE OFF DISTANCE

R ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 02.10
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 4 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 10 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

ATPCS OFF
EFFECT ON 2nd SEGMENT

R ATR42 model : 500


7 02.11 Date de rvision
SUPPLEMENTS antrieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 11 DGAC DEC 95
MAR 97
APPROVED
FEB 96

FLIGHT WITH LANDING GEAR DOWN APR 96

R - Flight in icing conditions is prohibited.


R - Perform a take off with flaps 15.
- Check GEAR DOWN effect on 2nd segment climb and approach climb.
- Check GEAR DOWN effect on final takeoff climb.
R - Check weight penalty on single engine ceiling computation.
- During the climb sequence after take off extinguish TO INHI light by pressing
RCL pb.
- Limit maximum speed to 165 kt.

Mod : Eng : ATR42 model : 400 500


7 -- 02.11
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 2 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 11 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

EFFECT OF GEAR DOWN ON 2nd SEGMENT CLIMB


AND APPROACH CLIMB

22 22
LB)

LB)
KG)

KG)
48 48
(1000

(1000
(1000

(1000
21 21
46 46

44 20 20 44

42 19 19 42

40 40
18 18

38 38

17 17

36 36

16 16

34 34

15 15

32 32

14 14

30 30
DOWN

13 13
UP

28 28
GEAR

GEAR

12 12

R ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 02.11
SUPPLEMENTS
PAGE : 3 001
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 11 EASA
APPROVED OCT 08

EFFECT OF GEAR DOWN ON FINAL TAKE OFF CLIMB AND


WEIGHT PENALTY ON SINGLE ENGINE CEILING COMPUTATION

24 24

LB)

KG)

KG)

LB)
52 52

(1000

(1000
(1000

(1000
23 23

50 50

22 22
48 48

21 21
46 46

44 20 20 44

42 19 19 42

40 40
18 18

38 38
17 17

36 36

16 16

34 34

15 15

32 32

14 14

30 30
DOWN

13 13
UP

28 28
GEAR

GEAR

12 12

R ATR42 model : 500


7 02.12 Date de rvision
SUPPLEMENTS antrieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM SUPPLEMENT No 12 DGAC DEC 95
MAR 97
APPROVED FEB 96
APR 96
FERRY FLIGHT WITH PITCH ELEVATORS
DISCONNECTED

- For ONE FLIGHT WITHOUT PAX


R - Perform a take off with flaps 15
- No operation into known or forecast icing conditions
- Check both control columns free
- Check CG is between 24 % and 32 %
- Max takeoff weight : 16 T (35200 lb)
- Max crosswind at landing : 15 kt
- Performance computed with V2 = 1.21 VSR
- Max load factor : 2 g
- Max speed : 180 kt

For approach and landing

- Refer to FCOM 2.02.06 and AFM 5.04

Mod : Eng : ATR42 model : 400 500


7 03.01 Date de rvision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antrieure
PAGE : 1 001 MAY 95
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC DEC 95
MAY 99
APPROVED
FEB 96
MAR 97
CONTAMINATED RUNWAYS MAY 98

R GENERAL
This information has been prepared by the manufacturer and approved by the
Authority in the form of guidance material, to assist operators in developing
suitable guidance, recommandations or instructions for use by their flight
crews when operating on wet/contaminated runway surface conditions.
Unless otherwise stated, this information does not in any way replace or amend
the operating limitations and performance information listed in other parts of
this approved aeroplane flight manual.

A non dry runway is contaminated, if more than 25 % of the required area are
covered by the contaminant.

A runway may be contaminated by :


- standing water : depth higher than 3 mm (1/8 in)
- slush or loose snow, equivalent to more than 3 mm (1/8 in) of water
- compacted snow
- ice

ATR42 model : 400 500


7 03.01 Date de rvision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antrieure
PAGE : 1A 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAY 99
APPROVED

TAKE OFF
Slush and water have same impact on aircraft performance.

Loose snow is considered as slush. To determine the equivalent slush depth,


multiply the loose snow depth by the actual loose snow density divided by 0.8.

Four cases have been considered :


- water 6.3 mm (1/4 in) applicable for depths between 3 and 6.3 mm of water
or less than 6.3 mm of slush or equivalent depth of loose snow
- water 12.7 mm (1/2 in) applicable for depths between 6.3 and 12.7 mm of
water or slush or equivalent depth of loose snow
- compacted snow
- ice
The performance determination philosophy remains the same than in
6.03.02. Refer to 7.03.01 p.2 for V1 limited by VMCG data.
For each runway condition are provided :
- take off run
- take off distance (between brakes release and 15 ft height with one engine
inoperative).
NOTE : If 35 ft is required at the end of TOD:
apply TOR, TOD calculated on a dry runway for compacted snow
and ice runways,
apply TOR, TOD corrections given pages 22B to 22E to the
15 ft computation, for water covered runways.
- accelerate stop distance. They are basically computed with the use of both
reverses. Additional pages are provided to supply data in case of no
reverser and are to be used for flight preparation.
Since the effect of asymmetrical reverse thrust is not predictable with a
sufficient accuracy on contaminated runways, it is therefore not
recommended to use single engine reverse thrust for accelerate stop.
- VR.
These data are provided for atmospheric non icing conditions. In case of
atmospheric icing conditions, refer to 6.06 to combine both effects (runway
conditions + atmospheric icing conditions).

NOTE 1 : Wind and slope corrections are the same as for dry runways.
NOTE 2 : Operation on a contaminated runway at a weight in excess of that
permitted on an equivalent dry runway is not allowed.

ATR42 model : 400 500


7 03.01 Date de rvision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antrieure
PAGE : 2 001 MAY 95
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAY 99 MAY 98
APPROVED

V1 LIMITED BY VMCG (FLAPS 15)

R Refer to chapter 6.03 :

V1 limited by VMCG on DRY RUNWAYS

ATR42 model : 400500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 3 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm (1/4 in)


TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 4 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm : (1/4 in)


TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O. POWER --
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 5 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm : (1/4 in)


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED -- AIR CONDITIONING OFF--
ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 6 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm (1/4 in)


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER


THEORETICAL DISTANCE

R ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 7 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 mm (1/4 in)


ROTATION SPEED VR (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 8 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)


TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 9 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)


TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 10 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED -- AIR CONDITIONING OFF --
ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 11 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER


THEORETICAL DISTANCE

R ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 12 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 12.7 mm (1/2 in)


ROTATION SPEED VR (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 13 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

COMPACT SNOW COVERED RUNWAY


TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER --
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 14 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

COMPACT SNOW COVERED RUNWAY


TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 15 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

COMPACT SNOW COVERED RUNWAY


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED -- AIR CONDITIONING OFF --
ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 16 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

COMPACT SNOW COVERED RUNWAY


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER


THEORETICAL DISTANCE

R ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 17 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

COMPACT SNOW COVERED RUNWAY


ROTATION SPEED -- VR (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O. POWER --
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 18 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

ICE COVERED RUNWAY


TAKE OFF RUN (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER --
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 19 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

ICE COVERED RUNWAY


TAKE OFF DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT T.O/R.T.O POWER --
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 20 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

ICE COVERED RUNWAY


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE (FLAPS 15)
TWO ENGINES OPERATING OR ONE ENGINE FAILED -- AIR CONDITIONING OFF--
ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 21 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

ICE COVERED RUNWAY


ACCELERATE STOP DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER


THEORETICAL DISTANCE

R ATR42 model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 22 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA
APPROVED
OCT 08

ICE COVERED RUNWAY


ROTATION SPEED -- VR (FLAPS 15)
ONE PROPELLER FEATHERED -- ONE ENGINE AT R.T.O POWER
AIR CONDITIONING OFF-- ANTI/DE ICING OFF -- NO RUNWAY SLOPE -- NO WIND

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 22B 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA
APPROVED OCT 08

TAKE OFF RUN CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 or 12.7 mm (1/4 or 1/2 inch)

(METERS)

(METERS)
(FT)

(FT)
3750 3750

14000 14000

3250 3250

12000 12000

2750 2750

10000 10000

2250 2250

8000 8000

1750 1750

6000 6000

1250 1250

4000 4000
15 FEET HEIGHT

35 FEET HEIGHT

750 750

2000 2000

250 250

0 0
v500--aag66--tortf2j1

R ATR42 Model : 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE :22D 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA
APPROVED OCT 08

TAKE OFF DISTANCE CORRECTIONS (FLAPS 15)

WATER COVERED RUNWAY : 6.3 or 12.7 mm (1/4 or 1/2 inch)

(METERS)

(METERS)
(FT)

(FT)
3750 3750

14000 14000

3250 3250

12000 12000

2750 2750

10000 10000

2250 2250

8000 8000

1750 1750

6000 6000

1250 1250

4000 4000
15 FEET HEIGHT

35 FEET HEIGHT

750 750

2000 2000

250 250

0 0

V500_AAG66_TODTF2J1

R ATR42 Model : 500


7 03.01 Date de rvision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antrieure
PAGE : 23 001 MAY 95
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC MAY 00 DEC 95
APPROVED
FEB 96

LANDING MAR 97
MAY 99
Three cases of contaminated runways have been considered :
- water : applicable for depths between 3 mm ( 1/8 in ) and 12.7 mm (1/2 in) of
water, or less than 12.7 mm (1/2 in) of slush or equivalent depth of loose
snow
- compacted snow
- ice
The landing distance is computed with and without the use of reversers.

Since the effect of asymmetrical reverse thrust is not predictable with a


R sufficient accuracy on contaminated runways, it is therefore not recommended
to use single engine reverse thrust. The actual landing distances without
reversers, only, are to be used for flight preparation.

The following data are provided for atmospheric non icing conditions.

In case of atmospheric icing conditions, refer to 6.06 to combine both effects


(runway conditions + atmospheric icing conditions).

ATR42 model : 400 500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 24 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

OPERATION ON WATER COVERED RUNWAY VALID UP TO 1/2 INCH DEPTH

LANDING DISTANCE (FLAPS 35)

THEORETICAL DISTANCE WITH TWO REVERSERS

ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 03.01 Date de rvision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antrieure
PAGE : 25 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC DEC 95 MAY 95
APPROVED
NOV 95
OPERATION ON WATER COVERED RUNWAY VALID UP TO 1/2 INCH.
R LANDING DISTANCE CORRECTION

R Mod : Eng : ATR42 model : 400500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 26 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

OPERATION ON RUNWAY COVERED WITH COMPACT SNOW


LANDING DISTANCE (FLAPS 35)

THEORETICAL DISTANCE WITH TWO REVERSERS

ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 03.01 Date de rvision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antrieure
PAGE : 27 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC DEC 95 MAY 95
APPROVED
NOV 95

OPERATION ON RUNWAY COVERED WITH COMPACT SNOW


R LANDING DISTANCE CORRECTION

R Mod : Eng : ATR42 model : 400500


7 -- 03.01
ADVISORY MATERIALS
PAGE : 28 170
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 EASA OCT 08
APPROVED

OPERATION ON ICY RUNWAY


LANDING DISTANCE ( FLAPS 35 )

8000.

(FT)
7500.

7000.

6500.

6000.

THEORETICAL DISTANCE WITH TWO REVERSERS

ACTUAL DISTANCE WITHOUT REVERSER


5500.

5000.

4500.

4000.

3500.

3000.

2500.

2000.

R Mod : 4372 + 4540 ATR42 Model : 500


7 03.01 Date de rvision
ADVISORY MATERIALS antrieure
PAGE : 29 001
AFM ADVISORY MATERIAL No 1 DGAC DEC 95 MAY 95
APPROVED
NOV 95
OPERATION ON ICY RUNWAY
R LANDING DISTANCE CORRECTION

R Mod : Eng : ATR42 model : 400500

You might also like